latexdiff (17dec12)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@28564 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

27 files changed, 3915 insertions, 1213 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/CHANGES
deleted file mode 100644
index 18853d35f76..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/CHANGES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-Version 0.5 
-===========
-
-- add \protect in front of all changebar package commands.  These prevents error messages
-  when changes are made to section titles in any styles making use of changebar package
-
-- For a changed section, the deletion is now reported before the insertion, in common
-  with standard practice for diff programs
-
-- "\begin{equation}%" and similar constructs no longer confuse latexdiff
-
-- deals correctly with some fairly pathological cases of math mode switching - code 
-  should parse but equation numbers and linebreaks might be changed
-
-- \\[..] is now left alone (previously, this got erroneously interpreted as \ \begin{displaymath})
-
-- \(..\) is recognised as a synonym for $...$
-
-- introduce new subclasses of textcmd
-   context1cmd  are text commands which should be disabled in a deleted block, as they
-                are only meaningful in certain contexts (e.g. \caption).  However, their
-                argument is still marked up as deleted (plain) text, surrounded by a pair of braces.
-   context2cmd  behave like text commands except that they are completely disabled in deleted blocks,
-                including their arguments.
-
-- array environments within in-lined maths are now underlined correctly
-
-- if endfloat package is inferred from preamble, then make sure \begin{figure} and \end{figure}
-  are always on a line by themselves, similarly for table enviroment
-
-- if hyperref package is used, make wrapper for \DIFadd and \DIFdel which protects markup from becoming 
-  part of link texts where it causes an error
-
-- if amsmath package is used, then default eqnarray environement (Variable MATHARRREPL) is set to align
-  (Default: eqnarray).  Also, the standard amsmath equation array environments are now recognised as such.
-
-- new option --packages
-
-Version 0.42 November 2006
-==========================
-
-- the auxiliary commands put in to bring latexdiff into and out of 
-  math mode correctly would sometimes not be consistent. This is no longer the 
-  case
-
-- If a comment was put between two commands within a deleted block, the 
-  latter command would not be disabled by a DIFDELCMD
-
-
-
-Version 0.4 January 2006
-========================
-
-- $$ $$ usually accepted for displayed equations (but less robust than \[ \] or displaymath environment)
-
-- For commands which are in textcmd list but not in safecmd list (e.g. \footnote and \section commands) the content is now marked up if they are added or deleted. (Thanks to S. Utcke for alerting me to this shortcoming of previous versions).  The downside of this change is that deleted section heads are now shown, messing up the section numbering
-
-- added RCS and SVN support to latexdiff-vc (previous name latexdiff-cvs)
-
-- a fast version (latexdiff-fast) uses the UNIX diff command to speed up the differencing phases.
-
-Minor bug fixes:
-
-- Improved parsing of textcmd and safecmd lists, some clarification in manual (Thanks to V. Kuhlmann for fix)
-
-- All \color commands now \protect'ed (V. Kuhlmann)
-
-- Picture environment within floats now is cleared up properly (Thanks to V. Kuhlmann for fix)
-
-- non-matching textcommands right before \end{document} are now parsed correctly
-
-- updates to textcmd (emph, text..) and safecmd lists (emph)
-
-- fixed \par bug.  Previously, this bug resulted new paragraphs to be merged with the following paragraph.
-
-- better error checking in latexdiff-vc
-
-- can specify arbitrary number of files in latexdiff-vc
-
-- can choose output directory in latexdiff-vc
-
-Version 0.3 August 2005
-==========================
-
-- fixed bug where a deleted displayed equation would result in math mode commands 
-  being processed in text mode (the "! Missing $ inserted" error). 
- 
-- Improved parsing in math mode: Superscript and subscript and \left,\right are now parsed correctly
-
-- shell script for providing CVS support
-
-Minor:
-
-- fixed a bug in utf8 mode that resulted in many warning messages and
-  failure to parse properly words with national characters
-
-- Now works with the latest version of Algorithm::Diff (version 1.19)
-
-- new options "--allow-spaces" and "--ignore-warnings"
-
-- Better wording and enhanced context for warning messages 
-
-- '|' character is now recognised as valid math mode character
-
-- Fixed a bug whereby \begin{document} and \end{document} in comments are nevertheless treated as real begin and end points
-
-- add \protect in front of \nogroupcolor command in DVIPSCOL subtype (old version broke sometimes according to bug reports although I could not replicate the problem) 
-
-- replace \uline by \uwave in CUNDERLINE style, such that added and deleted text parts look different even in math mode
-
-- Markup within DIFnomarkup enviroment is removed by latexdiff. This can be used to protect parts
-  for which latexdiff has trouble creating proper latex code. 
-
-- new markup type FONTSTRIKE
-
-
-Version 0.2  September 2004
-===========================
-
-- introduced subtype DVIPSCOL (coloring changed blocks for dvips converter)
-
-- support for utf8 and other encodings 
-
-Minor:
-
-- removed buggy COLOR subtype
-
-- Usage information no longer printed automatically after certain syntactic error messages
-
-- short options -a, -A, -x, -X now really do what is claimed in the manual
-
-- bug in failback splitting of input was fixed
-
-- options --exclude-textcmd, --append-textcmd, --exclude-safecmd, and --append-safecmd
-  can now take comma-separated list as well as a file as argument.
-
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/LICENSE b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/LICENSE
deleted file mode 100644
index 960fe7469fe..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/LICENSE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                       59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-			    Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
-			    NO WARRANTY
-
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 45467307879..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-# Modify these paths to the requirements of your own system
-# For the current setting you will need root permission but 
-# it is perfectly acceptable to choose user directories 
-#
-INSTALLPATH = /usr/local
-INSTALLMANPATH = $(INSTALLPATH)/man
-INSTALLEXECPATH = $(INSTALLPATH)/bin
-
-default:
-	@echo "To install stand-alone version type:    make install"
-	@echo "  (Note the standard version requires prior installation"
-	@echo "   of the PERL package Algorithm::Diff available from "
-	@echo "   the PERL archive www.cpan.org)"
-	@echo " "
-	@echo "To install fast version (using UNIX diff) type: make install fast "
-	@echo " "
-	@echo "To install the version which uses the system Algorithm::Diff package type: make install-ext"
-	@echo " "
-
-install: install-so
-
-install-ext: install-latexdiff install-latexrevise install-latexdiff-vc install-man
-
-install-so: install-latexdiff-so install-latexrevise install-latexdiff-vc install-man
-
-install-fast: install-latexdiff-fast install-latexrevise install-latexdiff-vc install-man
-
-install-man:
-	install latexrevise.1 latexdiff.1 latexdiff-vc.1 $(INSTALLMANPATH)/man1
-
-install-latexdiff:
-	install latexdiff $(INSTALLEXECPATH)
-
-install-latexdiff-so:
-	if [ -e $(INSTALLEXECPATH)/latexdiff ]; then rm $(INSTALLEXECPATH)/latexdiff; fi
-	install latexdiff-so $(INSTALLEXECPATH)
-	cd $(INSTALLEXECPATH); ln -s latexdiff-so latexdiff
-
-install-latexdiff-fast:
-	if [ -e $(INSTALLEXECPATH)/latexdiff ]; then rm $(INSTALLEXECPATH)/latexdiff; fi
-	install latexdiff-fast $(INSTALLEXECPATH)
-	cd $(INSTALLEXECPATH); ln -s latexdiff-fast latexdiff
-
-install-latexrevise:
-	install latexrevise $(INSTALLEXECPATH)
-
-install-latexdiff-vc:
-	install latexdiff-vc $(INSTALLEXECPATH)
-	cd $(INSTALLEXECPATH); for vcs in cvs rcs svn ; do if [ -e latexdiff-$$vcs ]; then rm latexdiff-$$vcs; fi; ln -s latexdiff-vc latexdiff-$$vcs ; done
-
-test-ext: 
-	@echo "latexdiff example/example-draft.tex example/example-rev.tex (system Algorithm::Diff)"
-	./latexdiff -V example/example-draft.tex example/example-rev.tex > example/example-diff.tex
-	@echo "Difference file created: example/example-diff.tex"
-
-test-so: 
-	@echo "latexdiff example/example-draft.tex example/example-rev.tex (stand-alone version)"
-	./latexdiff-so -V example/example-draft.tex example/example-rev.tex > example/example-diff.tex
-	@echo "Difference file created: example/example-diff.tex"
-
-test-fast: 
-	@echo "latexdiff example/example-draft.tex example/example-rev.tex (stand-alone version)"
-	./latexdiff-fast -V example/example-draft.tex example/example-rev.tex > example/example-diff.tex
-	@echo "Difference file created: example/example-diff.tex"
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff-man.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff-man.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 09493af5fe7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff-man.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/COPYING b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d6fa9152e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/README
index 78adffb533a..7c7ff86766b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/README
@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-
 INTRODUCTION
 
 latexdiff is a Perl script, which compares two latex files and marks
@@ -13,7 +12,10 @@ latexrevise, which accepts or rejects all changes.  Manual
 editing of the difference file can be used to override this default
 behaviour and accept or reject selected changes only.  
 
-The author is F Tilmann.
+The author is F Tilmann (ftilmann@users.berlios.de). 
+
+Project webpage:   http://latexdiff.berlios.de/
+CTAN page:          http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff
 
 
 REQUIREMENTS
@@ -71,6 +73,10 @@ DOCUMENTATION:
 Usage instructions are in the manual latexdiff-man.pdf as well as the 
 man pages.
 
+CHANGELOGS:
+
+Check out the comment lines at the beginning of the perl scripts (latexdiff, latexdiff-vc, latexrevise)
+
 CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 The directory contrib contains code written by others relating to latexdiff.  
@@ -81,13 +87,16 @@ latexdiff-wrap (Author: V. Kuhlmann) An alternative wrapper script which can be
 
 latexdiff.spec (Author: T. Doerges) spec file for RPM generation
 
-The following contributions were incorporated into the latexdiff code, or inspired me to 
+latexchanges (Author: Jan-Ake Larsson) Wrapper script for applying latexdiff with numbered documen version 
+(see contrib/README.latexchanges for a more detailed description)
+
+Cntributions by the following authors were incorporated into the latexdiff code, or inspired me to 
 extend latexdiff in a similar way: J. Paisley, N. Becker, K. Huebner
 
-LICENSE
+LICENSE (also see file COPYING)
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 as published by
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 3 as published by
 the Free Software Foundation.
 
 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/README.latexchanges b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/README.latexchanges
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4a027658444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/README.latexchanges
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+latexchanges.py (Jan-Ake Larsson):
+Here's a wrapper I wrote for latexdiff, intended as a drop-in
+replacement for latex, when you have several numbered (or dated)
+versions of a manuscript. My coauthors don't as a rule know what CVS or
+SVN is, they simply use a number or date for the different versions.
+
+latexchanges replaces the current DVI with one that includes a
+latexdiff to the last version. The last version is selected as the
+TEX file in the same directory with the same prefix (up to a number
+or a dot), that has an mtime immediately preceding the given TEX
+file.
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexchanges.py b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexchanges.py
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..de7acbe8258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexchanges.py
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#! /bin/env python
+# latexchanges
+#
+# Wrapper for latexdiff, intended as a drop-in replacement for latex,
+# when you have several numbered (or dated) versions of a manuscript.
+# My coauthors don't as a rule know what CVS or SVN is, they simply
+# use a number or date for the different versions.
+#
+# latexchanges replaces the current DVI with one that includes a
+# latexdiff to the last version. The last version is selected as the
+# TEX file in the same directory with the same prefix (up to a number
+# or a dot), that has an mtime immediately preceding the given TEX
+# file.
+#
+# (I should probably add CVS version numbering too, at some point.)
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009 by Jan-\AA{}ke Larsson <jan-ake.larsson@liu.se>
+# Released under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL)
+# Version 2.  See http://www.gnu.org/ for details.
+#
+# Please do provide patches and bug reports, but remember: if it
+# breaks, you get to keep the pieces.
+#
+# Jan-\AA{}ke Larsson
+# Sept 16 2009
+
+from os import listdir,system,stat
+from sys import argv
+from re import split
+
+name=""
+newarg=[]
+
+# Find filename argument
+for i in range(1,len(argv)):
+    if argv[i][-4:]==".tex":
+        basename=split('[0-9.]',argv[i])[0]
+        name=argv[i][:-4]
+        newarg.append(name+".changes.tex")
+    else:
+        newarg.append(argv[i])
+
+if name:
+    print "Filename",name+".tex"
+    print "Prefix is",basename
+    # Find last archived version
+    mtime=stat(name+".tex").st_mtime
+    old_mtime=0
+    ls=listdir(".")
+    for j in ls:
+        if j.startswith(basename) and j.endswith(".tex")\
+               and not j.endswith(".changes.tex"):
+            tmptime=stat(j).st_mtime
+            if mtime>tmptime and old_mtime<tmptime:
+                oldname=j
+                old_mtime=tmptime
+
+    # Archived version found?
+    if old_mtime>0:
+        print "Comparing with",oldname
+        system ("/bin/cp "+name+".aux "+name+".changes.aux")
+        system ("/bin/cp "+name+".bbl "+name+".changes.bbl")
+        system ("latexdiff "+oldname+" "+name+".tex > "+name+".changes.tex")
+        system ("latex "+" ".join(newarg))
+        system ("cp "+name+".changes.dvi "+name+".dvi")
+    else:
+        system ("latex "+" ".join(argv[1:]))
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff-wrap b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff-wrap
index 894b424de36..894b424de36 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff-wrap
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff-wrap
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff.spec b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff.spec
index 9255a69fea9..9255a69fea9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff.spec
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/contrib/latexdiff.spec
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/example-diff.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/example-diff.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..149588d2110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/example-diff.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
+%DIF LATEXDIFF DIFFERENCE FILE
+%DIF DEL example-draft.tex   Sat Nov 17 00:45:22 2012
+%DIF ADD example-rev.tex     Sat Nov 17 00:45:22 2012
+
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-0.2in}
+\setlength{\textheight}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.0in}
+
+%DIF 7c7
+%DIF < \setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+%DIF -------
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6in} %DIF > 
+%DIF -------
+
+\title{latexdiff Example - \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{Draft }\DIFdelend \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{Revised }\DIFaddend version}
+\author{F Tilmann}
+% Note how in the preamble visual markup is never used (even %DIF > 
+% if some preamble might eventually end up as visible text.) %DIF > 
+%DIF PREAMBLE EXTENSION ADDED BY LATEXDIFF
+%DIF UNDERLINE PREAMBLE %DIF PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage[normalem]{ulem} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage{color}\definecolor{RED}{rgb}{1,0,0}\definecolor{BLUE}{rgb}{0,0,1} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFadd}[1]{{\protect\color{blue}\uwave{#1}}} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdel}[1]{{\protect\color{red}\sout{#1}}}                      %DIF PREAMBLE
+%DIF SAFE PREAMBLE %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbegin}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddend}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbegin}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelend}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+%DIF FLOATSAFE PREAMBLE %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddFL}[1]{\DIFadd{#1}} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelFL}[1]{\DIFdel{#1}} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbeginFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddendFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbeginFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelendFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+%DIF END PREAMBLE EXTENSION ADDED BY LATEXDIFF
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\section*{Introduction}
+
+This is an extremely simple document that showcases some of \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{the }\DIFaddend latexdiff features.
+Type
+\begin{verbatim}
+latexdiff -t UNDERLINE example-draft.tex example-rev.tex > example-diff.tex
+\end{verbatim}
+to create the difference file.  You can inspect this file directly. Then run either 
+\begin{verbatim}
+pdflatex example-diff.tex
+xpdf example-diff.pdf
+\end{verbatim}
+or
+\begin{verbatim}
+latex example-diff.tex
+dvips -o example-diff.ps example-diff.dvi
+gv example-diff.ps
+\end{verbatim}
+to display the markup.
+
+\section*{\DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{Another }\DIFdelend \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{Yet another }\DIFaddend section title}
+
+ \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{A paragraph with a line only in the draft document.  }\DIFdelend More things could be said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+\DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{A paragraph with a line only in the revised document.  }\DIFaddend More things could be 
+said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+And here is a \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{tipo}\DIFdelend \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{typo}\DIFaddend . 
+
+Here is a table:
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+Name & Description \\
+\hline
+Gandalf & \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{Grey }\DIFdelend \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{White }\DIFaddend \\
+Saruman & \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{White
+}\DIFdelend \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{Evil
+}\DIFaddend \end{tabular}
+
+And \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{sometimes a whole paragraph gets completely rewritten. In this
+case latexdiff marks up the whole paragraph even if some words in it
+are identical}\DIFdelend \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{now for something completely different, with not a paragraph in sight}\DIFaddend .
+No change, 
+no markup!
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/latexdiff-man.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/latexdiff-man.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a6b5a33aacd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/latexdiff-man.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/latexdiff-man.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/latexdiff-man.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6bb37effe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/doc/latexdiff-man.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+\documentclass[a4]{article}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+%\def\C++{{\rm C\kern-.05em\raise.3ex\hbox{\footnotesize ++}}}
+%\def\underscore{\leavevmode\kern.04em\vbox{\hrule width 0.4em height 0.3pt}}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}                                                                              
+%\setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+%\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.0in}                                                                                  
+\title{Marking up differences between latex files with {\em latexdiff}}
+\author{F.J. Tilmann\thanks{tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de,ftilmann@users.berlios.de}}
+\date{\today}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\section*{Preamble}
+
+{\em latexdiff} is a Perl script, which compares two
+latex files and marks up significant differences between them.  Various options are available for visual markup using standard
+latex packages such as {\em color.sty}. Changes not directly affecting visible
+text, for example in formatting  commands, are still marked in the
+latex source.
+
+A rudimentary revision facilility is provided by another Perl script,
+{\em latexrevise}, which  accepts or rejects all changes.  Manual editing
+of the difference file can be used to override this default behaviour
+and accept or reject selected changes only.  
+
+There is no explicit support for annotations as these are trivial to implement.
+For example, I include the following command definition in the preamble
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand{\remark}[1]{{ \bf [ \footnotesize #1 ]}}
+\end{verbatim}
+and mark up annotations as follows 
+\begin{verbatim}
+... The roadrunner is the fastest running bird  \remark{Check this 
+again with a zoologist!}. The most famous roadrunner ...
+\end{verbatim}
+Alternatively, instead of a command like \verb#\remark# in the example just given, an
+equivalent annotation environment could be defined.
+{\em latexrevise} can  remove such comments or
+environments from the text body.
+
+%It is planned that the revision capabilities of this system will be
+%further expanded, dependent on the amount of feedback received.
+
+On the following pages you find  the {\em man} pages for {\em
+  latexdiff} and {\em latexrevise} and a simple example.
+
+\include{latexdiff}
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+
+\include{latexrevise}
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+
+\include{latexdiff-vc}
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+
+\section*{A simple example}
+
+We start with a draft text, \verb|example-draft.tex|, listed here in
+full but also included in the distribution (except that the ``verbatim'' environment had
+to be renamed to ``Verbatim'' for the listing).
+
+{\scriptsize
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
+
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-0.2in}
+\setlength{\textheight}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.0in}
+
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+
+\title{latexdiff Example - Draft version}
+\author{F Tilmann}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\section*{Introduction}
+
+This is an extremely simple document that showcases some of latexdiff features.
+Type
+\begin{Verbatim}
+latexdiff -t UNDERLINE example-draft.tex example-rev.tex > example-diff.tex
+\end{Verbatim}
+to create the difference file.  You can inspect this file directly. Then run either 
+\begin{Verbatim}
+pdflatex example-diff.tex
+xpdf example-diff.pdf
+\end{Verbatim}
+or
+\begin{Verbatim}
+latex example-diff.tex
+dvips -o example-diff.ps example-diff.dvi
+gv example-diff.ps
+\end{Verbatim}
+to display the markup. Of course, instead of \verb|xpdf| you can use 
+\verb|okular, evince, acroread| or any other pdf or postscript viewer.
+
+\section*{Another section title}
+
+A paragraph with a line only in the draft document.  More things 
+could be said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+More things could be said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+And here is a tipo. 
+
+Here is a table:
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+Name & Description \\
+\hline
+Gandalf & Grey \\
+Saruman & White
+\end{tabular}
+
+And sometimes a whole paragraph gets completely rewritten. In this
+case latexdiff marks up the whole paragraph even if some words in it
+are identical.
+No change, no markup!
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+We can now edit
+this text as we would do with any other latex file to create
+a new revision of the text, \verb|example-rev.tex|.  We should run
+\begin{verbatim}
+latex example-rev.tex
+\end{verbatim}
+and look at the resulting \verb|.dvi| file to make sure that all
+changes are valid.  An example revision is listed here:
+
+{\scriptsize
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
+
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-0.2in}
+\setlength{\textheight}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.0in}
+
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6in}
+
+\title{latexdiff Example - Revised version}
+\author{F Tilmann}
+% Note how in the preamble visual markup is never used (even
+% if some preamble might eventually end up as visible text.)
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\section*{Introduction}
+
+This is an extremely simple document that showcases some of the latexdiff features.
+Type
+\begin{Verbatim}
+latexdiff -t UNDERLINE example-draft.tex example-rev.tex > example-diff.tex
+\end{Verbatim}
+to create the difference file.  You can inspect this file directly. Then run either 
+\begin{Verbatim}
+pdflatex example-diff.tex
+xpdf example-diff.pdf
+\end{Verbatim}
+or
+\begin{Verbatim}
+latex example-diff.tex
+dvips -o example-diff.ps example-diff.dvi
+gv example-diff.ps
+\end{Verbatim}
+to display the markup.
+
+\section*{Yet another section title}
+
+ More things could be said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+A paragraph with a line only in the revised document.  
+More things could be said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+And here is a typo. 
+
+Here is a table:
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+Name & Description \\
+\hline
+Gandalf & White \\
+Saruman & Evil
+\end{tabular}
+
+And now for something completely different, with not a paragraph in sight.
+No change, 
+no markup!
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+To compare both revisions, type
+\begin{verbatim}
+latexdiff -t UNDERLINE example-draft.tex example-rev.tex > example-diff.tex
+\end{verbatim}
+This results in the following difference file (a few newlines have been 
+added in this listing for legibility reasosn):
+{\scriptsize
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
+
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-0.2in}
+\setlength{\textheight}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.0in}
+
+%DIF 7c7
+%DIF < \setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+%DIF -------
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6in} %DIF > 
+%DIF -------
+
+%DIF 9c9
+%DIF < \title{latexdiff Example - Draft version}
+%DIF -------
+\title{latexdiff Example - Revised version} %DIF > 
+%DIF -------
+\author{F Tilmann}
+% Note how in the preamble visual markup is never used (even %DIF > 
+% if some preamble might eventually end up as visible text.) %DIF > 
+%DIF PREAMBLE EXTENSION ADDED BY LATEXDIFF
+%DIF UNDERLINE PREAMBLE %DIF PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage[normalem]{ulem} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage{color} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFadd}[1]{{\color{blue}\uline{#1}}} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdel}[1]{{\color{red}\sout{#1}}}                      %DIF PREAMBLE
+%DIF SAFE PREAMBLE %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbegin}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddend}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbegin}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelend}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+%DIF FLOATSAFE PREAMBLE %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddFL}[1]{\DIFadd{#1}} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelFL}[1]{\DIFdel{#1}} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbeginFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFaddendFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbeginFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+\providecommand{\DIFdelendFL}{} %DIF PREAMBLE
+%DIF END PREAMBLE EXTENSION ADDED BY LATEXDIFF
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\section*{Introduction}
+
+This is an extremely simple document that showcases some of latexdiff features.
+Type
+\begin{Verbatim}
+latexdiff -t UNDERLINE example-draft.tex example-rev.tex > example-diff.tex
+\end{Verbatim}
+to create the difference file.  You can inspect this file directly. Then run either 
+\begin{Verbatim}
+pdflatex example-diff.tex
+xpdf example-diff.pdf
+\end{Verbatim}
+or
+\begin{Verbatim}
+latex example-diff.tex
+dvips -o example-diff.ps example-diff.dvi
+gv example-diff.ps
+\end{Verbatim}
+to display the markup.
+
+\section*{\DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{Yet another }\DIFaddend \DIFdelbegin 
+\DIFdel{Another }\DIFdelend section title}
+
+ \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{A paragraph with a line only in the draft
+   document.  }\DIFdelend More things could
+ be said were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+\DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{A paragraph with a line only in the revised
+  document.  }\DIFaddend More things could be said 
+were it not for the constraints of time and space.
+
+And here is a \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{typo}\DIFaddend \DIFdelbegin 
+\DIFdel{tipo}\DIFdelend . 
+
+Here is a table:
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+Name & Description \\
+\hline
+Gandalf & \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{White }\DIFaddend \DIFdelbegin 
+\DIFdel{Grey }\DIFdelend \\
+Saruman & \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{Evil
+}\DIFaddend \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{White
+}\DIFdelend \end{tabular}
+
+And \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{now for something completely different, with not
+ a paragraph in sight}\DIFaddend \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{sometimes a whole
+ paragraph gets completely rewritten. In this
+case latexdiff marks up the whole paragraph even if some words in it
+are identical}\DIFdelend .
+No change, 
+no markup!
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+Type 
+\begin{verbatim}
+pdflatex example-diff.tex
+xpdf example-diff.pdf
+\end{verbatim}
+to make the markup visible. This is what it looks like:
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+\framebox[\textwidth]{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{example-diff}}
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+If you approve of all the changes in the revision, just continue with 
+\verb|example-rev.tex| for the next revision.  If you like to adopt
+most but not all changes you can use \verb|latexrevise| in the
+following manner.  Simply remove the \verb|\DIFdelbegin| and
+\verb|\DIFdelend| tags around the text you would like to keep and
+simply remove the text between  \verb|\DIFaddbegin| and
+\verb|\DIFaddend| tags, if you do not wish to keep them.  Say you are happy with all proposed changes for the
+example above except in
+the last paragraph where you prefer the original draft.  You have
+to change
+
+{\scriptsize
+\begin{verbatim}
+...
+And \DIFaddbegin \DIFadd{now for something completely different, with not
+ a paragraph in sight}\DIFaddend \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{sometimes a whole
+ paragraph gets completely rewritten. In this
+case latexdiff marks up the whole paragraph even if some words in it
+are identical}\DIFdelend .
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+into 
+{\scriptsize
+\begin{verbatim}
+...
+And \DIFdel{sometimes a whole
+ paragraph gets completely rewritten. In this
+case latexdiff marks up the whole paragraph even if some words in it
+are identical}.
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+and run 
+\begin{verbatim}
+latexrevise -a example-rev.tex > example-final.tex
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|example-final.tex| is then almost identical to 
+\verb|example-rev.tex| except for the last paragraph.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/example/example-draft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/example/example-draft.tex
index 593a1707121..593a1707121 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/example/example-draft.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/example/example-draft.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/example/example-rev.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/example/example-rev.tex
index 4bcaf156272..4bcaf156272 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/example/example-rev.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/example/example-rev.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/latexdiff
index efceea4c2ee..7075561e119 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/latexdiff
@@ -1,24 +1,58 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+##!/usr/bin/perl -w
 # latexdiff - differences two latex files on the word level
 #             and produces a latex file with the differences marked up.
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2004-2007  F J Tilmann (tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk)
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-12  F J Tilmann (tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de, ftilmann@users.berlios.de)
 #
-#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 as published by
-#    the Free Software Foundation.
+# Project webpages:   http://latexdiff.berlios.de/
+# CTAN page:          http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff
+#
+#    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
 #
 #    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 #    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 #    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 #    GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
 #    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+#    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # Detailed usage information at the end of the file
 #
+# Version 1.0.1 - treat \big,\bigg etc. equivalently to \left and
+#              \right - include starred version in MATHENV - apply
+#            - flatten recursively and --flatten expansion is now
+#              aware of comments (thanks to Tim Connors for patch) 
+#            - Change to post-processing for more reliability for
+#              deleted math environments
+#            - On linux systems, recognise  and remove DOS style newlines 
+#            - Provide markup for some special preamble commands (\title,
+#              \author,\date, 
+#            - configurable by setting context2cmd 
+#            - for styles using ulem package, remove \emph and \text.. from list of
+#              safe commands in order to allow linebreaks within the
+#              highlighted sections.  
+#            - for ulem style, now show citations by enclosing them in \mbox commands. 
+#              This unfortunately implies linebreaks within citations no longer function, 
+#              so this functionality can be turned off (Option --disable-citation-markup). 
+#              With --enable-citation-markup, the mbox markup is forced for other styles)
+#            - new substyle COLOR.  This is particularly useful for marking up citations
+#              and some special post-processing is implemented to retain cite
+#              commands in deleted blocks.
+#            - four different levels of math-markup
+#            - Option --driver for choosing driver for modes employing changebar package
+#            - accept \\* as valid command (and other commands of form \.*). Also accept
+#              \<nl> (backslashed newline) 
+#            - some typo fixes, include commands defined in preamble as safe commands
+#              (Sebastian Gouezel) 
+#            - include compared filenames as comments as line 2 and 3 of
+#              the preamble (can be modified with option --label, and suppressed with 
+#              --no-label), option --visible-label to show files in generated pdf or dvi
+#              at the beginning of main document
+#
 # Version 0.5  A number of minor improvements based on feedback
 #              Deleted blocks are now shown before added blocks
 #              Package specific processing
@@ -42,14 +76,15 @@ use Algorithm::Diff qw(traverse_sequences);
 
 use Getopt::Long ;
 use strict ;
+use warnings;
 use utf8 ;
 
 my ($algodiffversion)=split(/ /,$Algorithm::Diff::VERSION);
 
 
 my ($versionstring)=<<EOF ;
-This is LATEXDIFF 0.5  (Algorithm::Diff $Algorithm::Diff::VERSION)
-  (c) 2004-2007 F J Tilmann
+This is LATEXDIFF 1.0.2  (Algorithm::Diff $Algorithm::Diff::VERSION, Perl $^V)
+  (c) 2004-2012 F J Tilmann
 EOF
 
 # Configuration variables: these have to be visible from the subroutines
@@ -57,16 +92,20 @@ my $MINWORDSBLOCK=3; # minimum number of tokens to form an independent block
                      # shorter identical blocks will be merged to the previous word
 my $FLOATENV='(?:figure|table|plate)[\w\d*@]*' ;   # Environments in which FL variants of defined commands are used
 my $PICTUREENV='(?:picture|DIFnomarkup)[\w\d*@]*' ;   # Environments in which all change markup is removed
-my $MATHENV='(?:equation|displaymath|DOLLARDOLLAR)' ;           # Environments turning on display math mode (code also knows about \[ and \]
+my $MATHENV='(?:equation[*]?|displaymath|DOLLARDOLLAR)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on display math mode (code also knows about \[ and \])
 my $MATHREPL='displaymath';  # Environment introducing deleted maths blocks
-my $MATHARRENV='(?:eqnarray|align|gather|multiline|flalign)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on eqnarray math mode
+my $MATHARRENV='(?:eqnarray|align|alignat|gather|multline|flalign)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on eqnarray math mode
 my $MATHARRREPL='eqnarray*';  # Environment introducing deleted maths blocks
-my $ARRENV='(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)'; # Enviroments making arrays in math mode.  The underlining style does not cope well with those - as a result in-text math environments are surrounded by \mbox{ } if any of these commands is used in an inline math block
-my $COUNTERCMD='(?:footnote|part|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)';  # textcmds which are associated with a counter
+my $ARRENV='(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)'; # Environments making arrays in math mode.  The underlining style does not cope well with those - as a result in-text math environments are surrounded by \mbox{ } if any of these commands is used in an inline math block
+my $COUNTERCMD='(?:footnote|part|chapter|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)';  # textcmds which are associated with a counter
                                         # If any of these commands occur in a deleted block
                                         # they will be succeeded by an \addtocounter{...}{-1}
                                         # for the associated counter such that the overall numbers
                                         # should be the same as in the new file
+my $CITECMD=0 ;  # \cite-type commands which need to be protected within an mbox in UNDERLINE and other modes using ulem; pattern simply designed to never match; will be overwritten later for selected styles
+my $CITE2CMD=0;  # \cite-type commands which should be reinstated in deleted blocks
+
+
 
 # Markup strings
 # If at all possible, do not change these as parts of the program
@@ -97,13 +136,19 @@ my @CONTEXT1CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text argum
                          # In deleted passages, the command will be disabled but its argument is marked up
                          # Otherwise they behave exactly like TEXTCMD's 
 my @CONTEXT1CMDEXCL=();  # exclude list for above, but always empty
-my @CONTEXT2CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text arguments, but which fail cause confusion
+my @CONTEXT2CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text arguments, but which fail or cause confusion
                          # if used out of context (e.g. \title). They and their arguments will be disabled in deleted
                          # passages
 my @CONTEXT2CMDEXCL=();  # exclude list for above, but always empty
+my @MATHTEXTCMDLIST=();  # treat like textcmd.  If a textcmd is in deleted or added block, just wrap the
+                         # whole content with \DIFadd or \DIFdel irrespective of content.  This functionality 
+                         # is useful for pseudo commands \MATHBLOCK.. into which math environments are being
+                         # transformed 
+my @MATHTEXTCMDEXCL=();  # 
 
-my @SAFECMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of safe commands (which do not break when in the argument of DIFadd or DIFDEL)
-my @SAFECMDEXCL=();
+# Note I need to declare this with "our" instead of "my" because later in the code I have to "local"ise these  
+our @SAFECMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of safe commands (which do not break when in the argument of DIFadd or DIFDEL)
+our @SAFECMDEXCL=();
 
 my ($i,$j,$l);
 my ($old,$new);
@@ -115,14 +160,25 @@ my ($oldbody, $newbody, $diffbo);
 my ($oldpost, $newpost);
 my ($diffall);
 # Option names
-my ($type,$subtype,$floattype,$config,$preamblefile,$encoding,
+my ($type,$subtype,$floattype,$config,$preamblefile,$encoding,$nolabel,$visiblelabel,
     $showpreamble,$showsafe,$showtext,$showconfig,$showall,
     $replacesafe,$appendsafe,$excludesafe,
     $replacetext,$appendtext,$excludetext,
     $replacecontext1,$appendcontext1,
     $replacecontext2,$appendcontext2,
-    $help,$verbose,$version,$ignorewarnings,$allowspaces,$flatten,$debug);
-my (@configlist,
+    $help,$verbose,$driver,$version,$ignorewarnings,
+    $enablecitmark,$disablecitmark,$allowspaces,$flatten,$debug);  ###$disablemathmark,
+# MNEMNONICS for mathmarkup
+my $mathmarkup;
+use constant {
+  OFF => 0,
+  WHOLE => 1,
+  COARSE => 2,
+  FINE => 3
+};
+
+
+my (@configlist,@labels,
     @appendsafelist,@excludesafelist,
     @appendtextlist,@excludetextlist,
     @appendcontext1list,@appendcontext2list,
@@ -135,9 +191,11 @@ my ($pkg,%packages);
 $type='UNDERLINE';
 $subtype='SAFE';
 $floattype='FLOATSAFE';
+$mathmarkup=COARSE;
 
 $verbose=0;
-$debug=1; 
+# output debug and intermediate files, set to 0 in final distribution
+$debug=0; 
 # define character properties
 sub IsNonAsciiPunct { return <<'END'    # Unicode punctuation but excluding ASCII punctuation
 +utf8::IsPunct
@@ -151,8 +209,7 @@ END
 }
 
 
-
-  my %verbhash;
+my %verbhash;
 
 Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
 GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type, 
@@ -161,6 +218,9 @@ GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type,
 	   'config|c=s' => \@configlist,
 	   'preamble|p=s' => \$preamblefile,
 	   'encoding|e=s' => \$encoding,
+	   'label|L=s' => \@labels,
+	   'no-label' => \$nolabel,
+	   'visible-label' => \$visiblelabel,
 	   'exclude-safecmd|A=s' => \@excludesafelist,
 	   'replace-safecmd=s' => \$replacesafe,
 	   'append-safecmd|a=s' => \@appendsafelist,
@@ -177,9 +237,13 @@ GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type,
 	   'show-config' => \$showconfig,
 	   'show-all' => \$showall,
            'packages=s' => \@packagelist,
+	   'allow-spaces' => \$allowspaces,
+           'math-markup=s' => \$mathmarkup,
+           'enable-citation-markup' => \$enablecitmark,
+           'disable-citation-markup' => \$disablecitmark,
 	   'verbose|V' => \$verbose,
 	   'ignore-warnings' => \$ignorewarnings,
-	   'allow-spaces' => \$allowspaces,
+	   'driver=s'=> \$driver,
 	   'flatten' => \$flatten,
 	   'version' => \$version,
 	   'help|h|H' => \$help);
@@ -199,6 +263,22 @@ if (defined($showall)){
   $showpreamble=$showsafe=$showtext=$showconfig=1;
 }
 
+if (defined($mathmarkup)) {
+  $mathmarkup=~tr/a-z/A-Z/;
+  if ( $mathmarkup eq 'OFF' ){
+    $mathmarkup=OFF;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'WHOLE' ){ 
+    $mathmarkup=WHOLE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'COARSE' ){
+    $mathmarkup=COARSE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'FINE' ){
+    $mathmarkup=FINE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup !~ m/^[0123]$/ ) {
+    die "Illegal value: ($mathmarkup)  for option--math-markup. Possible values: OFF,WHOLE,COARSE,FINE,0- ";
+  }
+  # else use numerical value
+}
+
 # setting extra preamble commands
 if (defined($preamblefile)) {
   $latexdiffpreamble=join "\n",(extrapream($preamblefile),"");
@@ -206,6 +286,10 @@ if (defined($preamblefile)) {
   $latexdiffpreamble=join "\n",(extrapream($type,$subtype,$floattype),"");
 }
 
+if ( defined($driver) ) {
+  # for changebar only
+  $latexdiffpreamble=~s/\[dvips\]/[$driver]/sg;
+}
 # setting up @SAFECMDLIST and @SAFECMDEXCL
 if (defined($replacesafe)) {
   init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST,$replacesafe);
@@ -222,9 +306,25 @@ foreach $excludesafe ( @excludesafelist ) {
 # Special: treat all cite commands as safe except in UNDERLINE and FONTSTRIKE mode
 # (there is a conflict between citation and ulem package, see
 # package documentation)
+# Use post-processing
+
 if ( uc($type) ne "UNDERLINE" && uc($type) ne "FONTSTRIKE" && uc($type) ne "CULINECHBAR" ) {
   push (@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^cite.*$/);
+} else {
+  ### Experimental: disable text and emph commands
+  push (@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^cite.*$/) unless $disablecitmark;
+  push(@SAFECMDEXCL, qr/^emph$/, qr/^text..$/);
+  # replace \cite{..} by \mbox{\cite{..}} in added or deleted blocks in post-processing
+  if ( uc($subtype) eq "COLOR" or uc($subtype) eq "DVIPSCOL" ) {
+    # remove \cite command again from list of safe commands
+    pop @SAFECMDLIST;
+    # deleted cite commands
+    $CITE2CMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' unless $disablecitmark ; # \cite-type commands which should be reinstated in deleted blocks
+  } else {
+    $CITECMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' unless $disablecitmark ; # \cite commands which need to be protected within an mbox in UNDERLINE and other modes using ulem
+  }
 }
+$CITECMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' if $enablecitmark ; # as above for explicit selection
 
 # setting up @TEXTCMDLIST and @TEXTCMDEXCL
 if (defined($replacetext)) {
@@ -261,9 +361,6 @@ foreach $appendcontext2 ( @appendcontext2list ) {
   init_regex_arr_ext(\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, $appendcontext2);
 }
 
-
-
-
 # setting configuration variables
 @config=();
 foreach $config ( @configlist ) {
@@ -297,6 +394,11 @@ foreach $assign ( @config ) {
   else { die "Unknown variable $1 in assignment.";}
 }
 
+if ( $mathmarkup == COARSE || $mathmarkup == WHOLE ) {
+  push(@MATHTEXTCMDLIST,qr/^MATHBLOCK(?:$MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)$/);
+}
+
+
 
 foreach $pkg ( @packagelist ) {
   map { $packages{$_}="" } split(/,/,$pkg) ;
@@ -319,12 +421,13 @@ if ($showtext) {
   print_regex_arr(@TEXTCMDLIST);
   print "\nContext1 commands (last argument textual, command will be disabled in deleted passages, last argument will be shown as plain text):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@CONTEXT1CMDLIST);
-  print "\nContext2 commands (last argument textual, command ant its argument will be disabled in deleted passages):\n";
+  print "\nContext2 commands (last argument textual, command and its argument will be disabled in deleted passages):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@CONTEXT2CMDLIST);  
   print "\nExclude list of Commands with last argument not textual (overrides patterns above):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@TEXTCMDEXCL);
 }
 
+
 if ($showconfig) {
   print "Configuration variables:\n";
   print "MINWORDSBLOCK=$MINWORDSBLOCK\n";
@@ -356,14 +459,21 @@ if ($allowspaces) {
 push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT1CMDLIST;
 push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT2CMDLIST;
 
+push @TEXTCMDLIST, @MATHTEXTCMDLIST if $mathmarkup==COARSE;
+
+# internal additions to SAFECMDLIST
+push(@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^QLEFTBRACE$/, qr/^QRIGHTBRACE$/);
+
 
 # Patterns. These are used by some of the subroutines, too
 # I can only define them down here because value of extraspace depends on an option
-  my $pat0 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\})*';
-  my $pat1 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat0.'\})*';
-  my $pat2 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat1.'\})*'; # 
-  my $pat3 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat2.'\})*';
-  my $pat4 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat3.'\})*';
+  my $pat0 = '(?:[^{}])*';
+  my $pat1 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat0.'\})*';
+  my $pat2 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat1.'\})*';
+  my $pat3 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat2.'\})*';
+  my $pat4 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat3.'\})*';
+  my $pat5 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat4.'\})*';
+  my $pat6 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat5.'\})*';
   my $brat0 = '(?:[^\[\]]|\\\[|\\\])*'; 
 
   my $quotemarks = '(?:\'\')|(?:\`\`)';
@@ -374,19 +484,44 @@ push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT2CMDLIST;
   my $coords= '[\-.,\s\d]*';
 # word: sequence of letters or accents followed by letter
   my $word='(?:[-\w\d*]|\\\\[\"\'\`~^][A-Za-z\*])+';
-  my $cmdleftright='\\\\(?:left|right)\s*(?:[()\[\]|]|\\\\(?:[|{}]|\w+))';
+  my $cmdleftright='\\\\(?:left|right|[Bb]igg?[lrm]?|middle)\s*(?:[()\[\]|]|\\\\(?:[|{}]|\w+))';
 
-  my $cmdoptseq='\\\\[\w\d\*]+'.$extraspace.'(?:(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat4 . '\}|\(' . $coords .'\))'.$extraspace.')*';
-  my $oneletcmd='\\\\.(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat4 . '\})*';
+  my $cmdoptseq='\\\\[\w\d\*]+'.$extraspace.'(?:(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat6 . '\}|\(' . $coords .'\))'.$extraspace.')*';
+  my $backslashnl='\\\\\n';
+  my $oneletcmd='\\\\.\*?(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat6 . '\})*';
   my $math='\$(?:[^$]|\\\$)*?\$|\\\\[(].*?\\\\[)]';
-#  my $math='\$(?:[^$]|\\\$)*\$';
+## the current maths command cannot cope with newline within the math expression
+
   my $comment='%.*?\n';
-  my $pat=qr/(?:\A\s*)?(?:${and}|${quotemarks}|${number}|${word}|$cmdleftright|${cmdoptseq}|${math}|${oneletcmd}|${comment}|${punct}|${mathpunct}|\{|\})\s*/ ;
+  my $pat=qr/(?:\A\s*)?(?:${and}|${quotemarks}|${number}|${word}|$cmdleftright|${cmdoptseq}|${math}|${backslashnl}|${oneletcmd}|${comment}|${punct}|${mathpunct}|\{|\})\s*/ ;
 
 
 
 # now we are done setting up and can start working   
 my ($oldfile, $newfile) = @ARGV;
+# check for existence of input files
+if ( ! -e $oldfile ) {
+  die "Input file $oldfile does not exist.";
+}
+if ( ! -e $newfile ) {
+  die "Input file $newfile does not exist.";
+}
+
+
+# set the labels to be included into the file
+my ($oldtime,$newtime,$oldlabel,$newlabel);
+if (defined($labels[0])) {
+  $oldlabel=$labels[0] ;
+} else {
+  $oldtime=localtime((stat($oldfile))[9]); 
+  $oldlabel="$oldfile   " . " "x(length($newfile)-length($oldfile)) . $oldtime;
+}
+if (defined($labels[1])) {
+  $newlabel=$labels[1] ;
+} else {
+  $newtime=localtime((stat($newfile))[9]);
+  $newlabel="$newfile   " . " "x(length($oldfile)-length($newfile)) . $newtime;
+}
 
 $encoding=guess_encoding($newfile) unless defined($encoding);
 
@@ -415,10 +550,19 @@ if ($flatten) {
   $newbody=flatten($newbody,$newpreamble,$newfile,$encoding);
 }
 
+my @auxlines;
 if ( length $oldpreamble && length $newpreamble ) {
+  # pre-process preamble by looking for commands used in \maketitle (title, author, date etc commands) 
+  # and marking up content with latexdiff markup
+  @auxlines=preprocess_preamble($oldpreamble,$newpreamble);
+
   @oldpreamble = split /\n/, $oldpreamble;
   @newpreamble = split /\n/, $newpreamble;
-  
+
+  # If a command is defined in the preamble of the new file, and only uses safe commands, then it can be considered to be safe) (contribution S. Gouezel)
+  # Base this assessment on the new preamble
+  add_safe_commands($newpreamble);
+
   %packages=list_packages(@newpreamble) unless %packages;
   if (defined $packages{"hyperref"} ) {
     print STDERR "hyperref package detected.\n" if $verbose ;
@@ -426,13 +570,23 @@ if ( length $oldpreamble && length $newpreamble ) {
     $latexdiffpreamble =~ s/\{\\DIFdel\}/{\\DIFdeltex}/g;
     $latexdiffpreamble .= join "\n",(extrapream("HYPERREF"),"");
   }
+  print STDERR "Differencing preamble.\n" if $verbose;
+
   # insert dummy first line such that line count begins with line 1 (rather than perl's line 0) - just so that line numbers inserted by linediff are correct
   unshift @newpreamble,'';
   unshift @oldpreamble,'';
-  print STDERR "Differencing preamble.\n" if $verbose;
   @diffpreamble = linediff(\@oldpreamble, \@newpreamble);
   # remove dummy line again
   shift @diffpreamble; 
+  # add filenames, modification time and latexdiff mark
+  defined($nolabel) or splice @diffpreamble,1,0,
+      "%DIF LATEXDIFF DIFFERENCE FILE",
+      ,"%DIF DEL $oldlabel",
+      "%DIF ADD $newlabel";
+  if ( @auxlines ) {
+    push @diffpreamble,"%DIF DELETED TITLE COMMANDS FOR MARKUP";
+    push @diffpreamble,join("\n",@auxlines);
+  }
   push @diffpreamble,$latexdiffpreamble;
   push @diffpreamble,'\begin{document}';
 }
@@ -443,7 +597,7 @@ elsif ( !length $oldpreamble && !length $newpreamble ) {
   exit(2);
 }
 
-if (defined $packages{"amsmath"} ) {
+if (defined $packages{"amsmath"}  or defined $packages{"amsart"} or defined $packages{"amsbook"} ) {
   print STDERR "amsmath package detected.\n" if $verbose ;
   $MATHARRREPL='align*';
 }
@@ -455,9 +609,22 @@ my ($oldleadin,$newleadin)=preprocess($oldbody,$newbody);
 # run difference algorithm
 @diffbody=bodydiff($oldbody, $newbody);
 $diffbo=join("",@diffbody);
+if ( $debug ) {
+    open(RAWDIFF,">","latexdiff.debug.bodydiff");
+    print RAWDIFF $diffbo;
+    close(RAWDIFF);
+}
 print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Postprocessing body. \n " if $verbose;
 postprocess($diffbo);
 $diffall =join("\n",@diffpreamble) ;
+# add visible labels
+if (defined($visiblelabel)) {
+  # Give information right after \begin{document} (or at the beginning of the text for files without preamble
+  ### if \date command is used, add information to \date argument, otherwise give right after \begin{document}
+  ###  $diffall=~s/(\\date$extraspace(?:\[$brat0\])?$extraspace)\{($pat6)\}/$1\{$2 \\ LATEXDIFF comparison \\ Old: $oldlabel \\ New: $newlabel \}/  or
+  $diffbo = "\\begin{verbatim}LATEXDIFF comparison\nOld: $oldlabel\nNew: $newlabel\\end{verbatim}\n$diffbo"   ;
+}
+
 $diffall .= "$newleadin$diffbo" ;
 $diffall .= "\\end{document}$newpost" if length $newpreamble ;
 if ( lc($encoding) ne "utf8" && lc($encoding) ne "ascii" ) {
@@ -514,6 +681,9 @@ sub read_file_with_encoding {
     $output=Encode::decode($encoding,$output);
   }
   close FILE;
+  if ($^O eq "linux" ) {
+    $output =~ s/\r\n/\n/g ;
+  }
   return $output;
 }
 
@@ -538,13 +708,66 @@ sub list_packages {
   return (%packages);
 }
 
+# Subroutine add_safe_commands modified from version provided by S. Gouezel
+# add_safe_commands($preamble)
+# scans the argument for \newcommand and \DeclareMathOperator,
+# and adds the created commands which are clearly safe to @SAFECMDLIST
+sub add_safe_commands {
+  my ($preamble)=@_;
+  my $added_command = 1;
+
+  $preamble=~s/(?<!\\)%.*$//mg ;
+
+  while ($added_command) { 
+    $added_command  = 0;
+      # get rid of comments
+    my $to_test = "";
+      # test for \DeclareMathOperator{\foo}{myoperator}
+    while ( $preamble =~ m/\DeclareMathOperator\s*\{\\(\w*?)\}/s) {
+      $to_test=$1;
+      if ($to_test ne "" and not iscmd($to_test,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) and not iscmd($to_test, \@SAFECMDEXCL, []))  {
+        # one should add $to_test to the list of safe commands.
+        init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST, $to_test);
+        $added_command = 1;
+        print STDERR "Adding $to_test to the list of safe commands\n" if $verbose;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while ( $preamble =~ m/\\(?:|re|provide)newcommand\s*{\\(\w*)\}(?:|\[\d*\])\s*\{(${pat6})\}/osg ) {
+      my $maybe_to_test  = $1;
+      my $should_be_safe = $2;
+      my $success = 0;
+      # test if all latex commands inside it are safe
+      $success = 1;
+      if ($should_be_safe =~ m/\\\\/) {
+	$success = 0;
+      } else {
+	while ($should_be_safe =~ m/\\(\w+)/g) {
+	  $success = 0 unless iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL); ### or $1 eq "";
+	}
+      }
+      ###      }
+      $to_test = $maybe_to_test if $success;
+      
+      if ($to_test ne "" and not iscmd($to_test,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) and not iscmd($to_test, \@SAFECMDEXCL, []))  {
+#        # one should add $to_test to the list of safe commands.
+        init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST, $to_test);
+        $added_command = 1;
+        print STDERR "Adding $to_test to the list of safe commands\n" if $verbose;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
 # flatten($text,$preamble,$filename,$encoding)
 # expands \input and \include commands within text
-# premable is scanned for includeonly commands
+# preamble is scanned for includeonly commands
 # encoding is the encoding
 sub flatten {
   my ($text,$preamble,$filename,$encoding)=@_;
-  my ($includeonly,$dirname,$fname,$newpage,$replacement);
+  my ($includeonly,$dirname,$fname,$newpage,$replacement,$begline);
   require File::Basename ; 
   require File::Spec ; 
   $dirname = File::Basename::dirname($filename);
@@ -555,21 +778,24 @@ sub flatten {
     $includeonly = '.*?';
   }
 
-  print STDERR "DEBUG: includeonly $includeonly\n";
+  print STDERR "DEBUG: includeonly $includeonly\n" if $debug;
 
-  $text=~s/\\input{(.*?)}|\\include{(${includeonly}(?:\.tex)?)}/{ 
-	    $fname = $1 if defined($1)  ;
-	    $fname = $2 if defined($2) ;       
+  $text=~s/(^(?:[^%\n]|\\%)*)\\input{(.*?)}|\\include{(${includeonly}(?:\.tex)?)}/{ 
+	    $fname = $2 if defined($2) ;
+	    $fname = $3 if defined($3) ;       
             #      # add tex extension unless there is a three letter extension already 
             $fname .= ".tex" unless $fname =~ m|\.\w{3}|;
+            print STDERR "DEBUG Beg of line match |$1|\n" if defined($1) && $debug ;
             print STDERR "Include file $fname\n" if $verbose;
-            print STDERR "DEBUG looking for file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), "\n";
-            # content of file becomes replacement value, add \newpage if the command was include
-            $replacement=read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding) or die
-                "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
-	    $newpage=(defined($2)? " \\newpage " : "") ;
-	    "$newpage$replacement$newpage";
-          }/exg;
+            print STDERR "DEBUG looking for file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), "\n" if $debug;
+            # content of file becomes replacement value (use recursion), add \newpage if the command was include
+            ###$replacement=read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding) or die "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
+	    $replacement=flatten(read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding), $preamble,$filename,$encoding) or die "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
+	    # \include always starts a new page; use explicit \newpage command to simulate this
+	    $begline=(defined($1)? $1 : "") ;
+	    $newpage=(defined($3)? " \\newpage " : "") ;
+	    "$begline$newpage$replacement$newpage";
+          }/exgm;
 
   return($text);
 }
@@ -676,13 +902,29 @@ sub bodydiff {
   my @oldwords = splitlatex($oldwords);
   print STDERR "Parsing $newfile \n" if $verbose;
   my @newwords = splitlatex($newwords);
-  my $token;
+
+  if ( $debug ) {
+    open(TOKENOLD,">","latexdiff.debug.tokenold");
+    print TOKENOLD join("***\n",@oldwords);
+    close(TOKENOLD);
+    open(TOKENNEW,">","latexdiff.debug.tokennew");
+    print TOKENNEW join("***\n",@newwords);
+    close(TOKENNEW);
+  }
 
   print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Pass 1: Expanding text commands and merging isolated identities with changed blocks  " if $verbose;
   pass1(\@oldwords, \@newwords);
 
 
   print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Pass 2: inserting DIF tokens and mark up.  " if $verbose;
+  if ( $debug ) {
+    open(TOKENOLD,">","latexdiff.debug.tokenold2.tex");
+    print TOKENOLD join("***\n",@oldwords);
+    close(TOKENOLD);
+    open(TOKENNEW,">","latexdiff.debug.tokennew2.tex");
+    print TOKENNEW join("***\n",@newwords);
+    close(TOKENNEW);
+  }
 
   @retwords=pass2(\@oldwords, \@newwords);
 
@@ -699,6 +941,9 @@ sub bodydiff {
 # a latex command
 sub splitlatex {
   my ($string) = @_ ;
+  # if input is empty, return empty list
+  length($string)>0 or return ();
+
   my @retval=($string =~ m/$pat/osg);  
 
   if (length($string) != length(join("",@retval))) {
@@ -784,7 +1029,7 @@ sub pass1 {
 #			print STDERR "Unchanged block $cnt, $last1,$last2 \n";
                         if ($cnt < $MINWORDSBLOCK 
 			    && $cnt==scalar (
-				     grep { /^$wpat/ || ( /^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat4\})*)/o 
+				     grep { /^$wpat/ || ( /^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat6\})*)/o 
 							   && iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) 
 							   && scalar(@dummy=split(" ",$2))<3 ) }
 					     @$block) )  {
@@ -916,7 +1161,7 @@ sub extracttextblocks {
   for ($i=0;$i< scalar @$block;$i++) {
     ($token,$index)=@{ $block->[$i] };
     # store pure text blocks
-    if ($token =~ /$wpat/ ||  ( $token =~/^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*)/o 
+    if ($token =~ /$wpat/ ||  ( $token =~/^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*)/o 
 				&& iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) 
 				&& !iscmd($1,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL))) {
       # we have text or a command which can be treated as text
@@ -970,7 +1215,7 @@ sub extractcommands {
     # $2: \cmd
     # $3: last argument
     # $4: }  + trailing spaces
-    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
+    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
 	 && iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL) ) {
       #      push(@$retval,[ $2,$index,$1,$3,$4 ]);
       ($cmd,$open,$mid,$closing) = ($2,$1,$3,$4) ;
@@ -1064,7 +1309,7 @@ sub pass2 {
 # braces, ampersands, or comments
 # mark comments with $comment
 # exclude all other exceptions from scope of open, close like this
-# ($openmark, $open,...,$close, $opencomd,command, command,$closecmd, $open, ..., $close, $closemark)
+# ($openmark, $open,...,$close, $opencmd,command, command,$closecmd, $open, ..., $close, $closemark)
 # If $opencmd begins with "%" marktags assumes it is operating on a deleted block, otherwise on an added block
 sub marktags {
   my ($openmark,$closemark,$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,$block)=@_;
@@ -1096,21 +1341,30 @@ sub marktags {
       $noncomment=1;
     }
     # negative lookahead pattern (?!) in second clause is put in to avoid mathcing \( .. \) patterns
-    if ( $word =~ /^[&{}\[\]]/ || ( $word =~ /^\\(?!\()([\w*@]*)/ && !iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL)) ) {
+    # also note that second pattern will match \\
+    # Note: the second pattern should really be $word =~ /^\\(?!\()(\\|[\w*@]+)/, ie * replaced by +
+    # and then all commands \" \' etc declared safe. But as I don't have a complete list of one letter 
+    # commands, and nobody has complained so far, I will eave this as is
+    if ( $word =~ /^[&{}\[\]]/ || ( $word =~ /^\\(?!\()(\\|[\w*@]*)/ &&  !iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL)) ) {
       # word is a command or other significant token (not in SAFECMDLIST)
 	## same conditions as in subroutine extractcommand:
 	# check if token is an alphanumeric command sequence with at least one non-optional argument
 	# \cmd[...]{...}{last argument}  
 	# Capturing in the following results in these associations
 	# $1: \cmd[...]{...}{
-	# $2: \cmd
+	# $2: cmd
 	# $3: last argument
 	# $4: }  + trailing spaces
-	### pre-0.3    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat4\})*\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
-      if ( ( $word =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
-	   && iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL)  && ( !$cmdcomment || !iscmd($2,\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, \@CONTEXT2CMDEXCL) )  ) {	 
-	# word is a text command - we mark up the interior of the word. But if we are in a deleted block ($cmdcomment=1) and
-        # $2 (the command) is in context2, just treat it as an ordinary command (i.e. comment it open with $opencmd)
+	### pre-0.3    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat6\})*\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
+      if ( ( $word =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
+	   && (iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL)|| iscmd($2,\@MATHTEXTCMDLIST,\@MATHTEXTCMDEXCL))
+           && ( !$cmdcomment || !iscmd($2,\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, \@CONTEXT2CMDEXCL) )  ) {
+	# Condition 1: word is a command? - if yes, $1,$2,.. will be set as above
+        # Condition 2: word is a text command - we mark up the interior of the word. There is a separate check for MATHTEXTCMDLIST
+        #              because for $mathmarkup=WHOLE, the commands should not be split in pass1 (ie. math mode commands are not in
+        #              TEXTCMDLIST, but the interior of MATHTEXT commands should be highlighted in both deleted and added blocks
+        # Condition 3: But if we are in a deleted block ($cmdcomment=1) and
+        #            $2 (the command) is in context2, just treat it as an ordinary command (i.e. comment it open with $opencmd)
         # Because we do not want to disable this command
 	# here we do not use $opencmd and $closecmd($opencmd is empty) 
 	if ($cmd==1) {
@@ -1130,7 +1384,15 @@ sub marktags {
           # to suppress linebreak after opening parentheses, which is important
           # for latexrevise
           push (@$retval,$command,"%\n{$AUXCMD\n",marktags("","",$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,\@argtext),$closingbracket);
-	} else {
+        } elsif ( iscmd($commandword,,\@MATHTEXTCMDLIST, \@MATHTEXTCMDEXCL) ) {
+	  # MATHBLOCK pseudo command: consider all commands safe, except & and \\	
+	  # Keep these commands even in deleted blocks, hence set $opencmd and $closecmd (5th and 6th argument of marktags) to 
+	  # ""
+	  local @SAFECMDLIST=(".*"); 
+	  local @SAFECMDEXCL=('\\','\\\\');
+	  push(@$retval,$command,marktags("","",$open,$close,"","",$comment,\@argtext)#@argtext
+                       ,$closingbracket);
+        } else {
 	  # normal textcmd or context1cmd in an added block
 	  push (@$retval,$command,marktags("","",$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,\@argtext),$closingbracket);  
 	}
@@ -1162,6 +1424,9 @@ sub marktags {
 # preprocess($string, ..)
 # carry out the following pre-processing steps for all arguments:
 # 1. Remove leading white-space
+#    Change \{ to \LEFTBRACE and \} to \RIGHTBRACE
+# #. change begin and end commands  within comments to BEGINDIF, ENDDIF
+#    so they don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
 # 2. mark all first empty line (in block of several) with \PAR tokens
 # 3. Convert all '\%' into '\PERCENTAGE ' to make parsing regular expressions easier
 # 4. Convert all \verb|some verbatim text| commands (where | can be an arbitrary character)
@@ -1171,8 +1436,11 @@ sub marktags {
 # 7. Convert ^n into \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} and ^{nnn} into \SUPERSCRIPT{nn}
 # 8. a. Convert $$ $$ into \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR}
 #    b. Convert \[ \] into \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET}
+# 9. Convert all picture environmentent (\begin{PICTUREENV} .. \end{PICTUREENV} \PICTUREBLOCKenv
+#     For --block-math-markup option -convert all \begin{MATH} .. \end{MATH}
+#    into \MATHBLOCKmath{...} commands, where MATH/math is any valid math environment
 
-# 9. Add final token STOP to the very end.  This is put in because the algorithm works better if the last token is identical.  This is removed again in postprocessing.
+# 10. Add final token STOP to the very end.  This is put in because the algorithm works better if the last token is identical.  This is removed again in postprocessing.
 #
 # NB: step 6 and 7 is likely to  convert some "_" inappropriately, e.g. in file
 #     names or labels but it does not matter because they are converted back in the postprocessing step
@@ -1182,21 +1450,39 @@ sub preprocess {
   for (@_) { 
     s/^(\s*)//s;
     push(@leadin,$1);
+    #    Change \{ to \QLEFTBRACE and \} to \QRIGHTBRACE
+    s/(?<!\\)\\{/\\QLEFTBRACE /sg;
+    s/(?<!\\)\\}/\\QRIGHTBRACE /sg;
+    # change begin and end commands  within comments such that they
+    # don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
+    # this substitution is insufficient but that appears unlikely)
+    s/(%.*)\\begin\{(.*)$/$1\\BEGINDIF\{$2/mg ;
+    s/(%.*)\\end\{(.*)$/$1\\ENDDIF\{$2/mg ;
+
     s/\n(\s*?)\n((?:\s*\n)*)/\n$1\\PAR\n$2/g ;
     s/(?<!\\)\\%/\\PERCENTAGE /g ;  # (?<! is negative lookbehind assertion to prevent \\% from being converted
     s/(\\verb\*?)(\S)(.*?)\2/"${1}{". tohash(\%verbhash,"${2}${3}${2}") ."}"/esg;
     s/\\begin\{(verbatim\*?)\}(.*?)\\end\{\1\}/"\\${1}{". tohash(\%verbhash,"${2}") . "}"/esg;
     # Convert _n or _\cmd into \SUBSCRIPTNB{n} or \SUBSCRIPTNB{\cmd} and _{nnn} into \SUBSCRIPT{nn}
-    s/_([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
-    s/_{($pat4)}/\\SUBSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/_([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/_{($pat6)}/\\SUBSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
     # Convert ^n into \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} and ^{nnn} into \SUPERSCRIPT{nn}
-    s/\^([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
-    s/\^{($pat4)}/\\SUPERSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\^([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\^{($pat6)}/\\SUPERSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
     # Convert $$ $$ into \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR}
     s/\$\$(.*?)\$\$/\\begin{DOLLARDOLLAR}$1\\end{DOLLARDOLLAR}/sg;
     # Convert \[ \] into \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET}
     s/(?<!\\)\\\[/\\begin{SQUAREBRACKET}/sg;
     s/\\\]/\\end{SQUAREBRACKET}/sg;
+    # Convert all picture environmentent (\begin{PICTUREENV} .. \end{PICTUREENV} \PICTUREBLOCKenv
+    s/\\begin{($PICTUREENV)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\PICTUREBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+    #    For --block-math-markup option -convert all \begin{MATH} .. \end{MATH}
+    #    into \MATHBLOCKMATH{...} commands, where MATH is any valid math environment
+    #    Also convert all array environments into ARRAYBLOCK environments
+    if ( $mathmarkup != FINE ) {
+      s/\\begin{($ARRENV)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\ARRAYBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+      s/\\begin{($MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\MATHBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+    }
     # add final token " STOP"
     $_ .= " STOP"
   }
@@ -1244,9 +1530,10 @@ sub fromhash {
 # carry out the following post-processing steps for all arguments:
 # * Remove STOP token from the end
 # * Replace \RIGHTBRACE by }
+# *  change citation commands within comments to protect from processing (using marker CITEDIF)
 # 1. Check all deleted blocks: 
 #    a.where a deleted block contains a matching \begin and
-#      \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), for selected environment enable enable
+#      \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), for selected environments enable
 #      these commands again (such that for example displayed math in a deleted equation
 #      is properly within math mode.  For math mode environments replace numbered equation
 #      environments with their display only variety (so that equation numbers in new file and
@@ -1256,8 +1543,19 @@ sub fromhash {
 #      subtracting one from the respective counter to keep numbering consistent with new file
 #    Replace all MATHMODE environment commands by the correct environment to achieve matching
 #    pairs
+#    c. Convert MATHBLOCKmath commands to their uncounted numbers (e.g. convert equation -> displaymath
+#       (environments defined in $MATHENV will be replaced by $MATHREPL, and  environments in $MATHARRENV
+#       will be replaced by $MATHARRREPL
+#    d. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
+#    d. place \cite commands in mbox'es (for UNDERLINE style)
+#
+#   For added blocks:
 #    c. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
-# 2. Remove DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... from picture environments
+#    d. place \cite commands in mbox'es (for UNDERLINE style)
+#     
+# 2.   If --block-math-markup option set: Convert \MATHBLOCKmath{..} commands back to environments
+#
+#      Convert all PICTUREblock{..} commands back to the appropriate environments
 # 3. Convert DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... into FL varieties
 #    within floats (currently recognised float environments: plate,table,figure
 #    plus starred varieties).
@@ -1272,7 +1570,7 @@ sub fromhash {
 # 10.  package specific processing:  endfloat: make sure \begin{figure} and \end{figure} are always
 #      on a line by themselves, similarly for table environment
 #  4, undo renaming of the \begin and \end in comments
-
+#    Change \QLEFTBRACE, \QRIGHTBRACE to \{,\}
 #
 # Note have to manually synchronize substitution commands below and 
 # DIF.. command names in the header
@@ -1290,6 +1588,11 @@ sub postprocess {
     s/ STOP$//;
     # Replace \RIGHTBRACE by }    
     s/\\RIGHTBRACE/}/g;
+
+    # change citation commands within comments to protect from processing
+    if ($CITECMD){
+      1 while s/(%.*)\\($CITECMD)/$1\\CITEDIF$2/m ;
+    }
     # Check all deleted blocks: where a deleted block contains a matching \begin and
     #    \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), enable
     #    these commands again (such that for example displayed math in a deleted equation
@@ -1306,55 +1609,72 @@ sub postprocess {
       ### (.*?[^\n]?)\n? construct is necessary to avoid empty lines in math mode, which result in
       ### an error
       # displayed math environments
-      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-      # also transform the opposite pair \end{displaymath} .. \begin{displaymath} but we have to be careful not to interfere with the results of the transformation in the line directly above
-      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHREPL} and insert \end{$MATHREPL} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-
+      if ($mathmarkup == FINE ) {
+	$delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	# also transform the opposite pair \end{displaymath} .. \begin{displaymath} but we have to be careful not to interfere with the results of the transformation in the line directly above
+	### pre-0.42 obsolete version which did not work on eqnarray test      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/$1\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	###0.5:      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	$delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+  
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHREPL} and insert \end{$MATHREPL} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+	}
 
-      # equation array environment
-      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
 
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHARRENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHARRREPL} and insert \end{$MATHARRREPL} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
+	### pre-0.42      # same as above for special case \[.\] (latex abbreviation for displaymath)
+        ### pre-0.42      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\[\s*?\n())(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\])/$1\\\[$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\\]$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ### pre-0.42      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\]\s*?\n())(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\[)/$1\\\]$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\\[$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        # equation array environment
+        ###pre-0.3      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ###0.5      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ###  pre-0.42 obsolete version which did not work on eqnarray test     $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHARRENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHARRREPL} and insert \end{$MATHARRREPL} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+           $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
 
       # parse $delblock for deleted and reinstated eqnarray* environments - within those reinstate \\ and & commands
-      while ( $delblock =~ m/\\begin\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n.*?\n\\end\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n/sg ) {
-	$cnt2=0;
-	$len2=length($&);
-	$begin2=pos($delblock) - $len2;
-	$eqarrayblock=$&;
-	# reinstate deleted & and \\ commands
-	$eqarrayblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*(\&|\\\\)\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1$2$AUXCMD\n/sg ;
-
-	substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$eqarrayblock;
-	pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($eqarrayblock);
+        while ( $delblock =~ m/\\begin\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n.*?\n\\end\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n/sg ) {
+	  $cnt2=0;
+	  $len2=length($&);
+	  $begin2=pos($delblock) - $len2;
+	  $eqarrayblock=$&;
+	  # reinstate deleted & and \\ commands
+	  $eqarrayblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*(\&|\\\\)\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1$2$AUXCMD\n/sg ;
+	  
+	  substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$eqarrayblock;
+	  pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($eqarrayblock);
+	}
+      } elsif ( $mathmarkup == COARSE || $mathmarkup == WHOLE ) {
+#       Convert MATHBLOCKmath commands to their uncounted numbers (e.g. convert equation -> displaymath
+#       (environments defined in $MATHENV will be replaced by $MATHREPL, and  environments in $MATHARRENV
+#       will be replaced by $MATHARRREPL
+	$delblock=~ s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\MATHBLOCK$MATHREPL\{$2\}/sg;
+	$delblock=~ s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHARRENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\MATHBLOCK$MATHARRREPL\{$2\}/sg;
       }
 
 
-
 #    b.where one of the commands matching $COUNTERCMD is used as a DIFAUXCMD, add a statement
 #      subtracting one from the respective counter to keep numbering consistent with new file
-      $delblock=~ s/\\($COUNTERCMD)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*\s*${AUXCMD}\n)/\\$1$2\\addtocounter{$1}{-1}${AUXCMD}\n/sg ;
+      $delblock=~ s/\\($COUNTERCMD)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*\s*${AUXCMD}\n)/\\$1$2\\addtocounter{$1}{-1}${AUXCMD}\n/sg ;
+
+
 #     c. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
       while ( $delblock =~ m/($math)(\s*)/sg ) {
 	$cnt2=0;
@@ -1365,7 +1685,18 @@ sub postprocess {
 	substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$mathblock;
 	pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($mathblock);
       }
-
+      if ($CITE2CMD) {
+	$delblock=~s/($DELCMDOPEN\s*\\($CITE2CMD)(.*)$DELCMDCLOSE)/
+	  # Replacement code 
+	  {my ($aux,$all);
+	   $aux=$all=$1;
+	   $aux=~s#\n?($DELCMDOPEN|$DELCMDCLOSE)##g;
+	   $all."$aux$AUXCMD\n";}/sge;
+      }
+      # or protect \cite commands with \mbox
+      if ($CITECMD) {
+	$delblock=~s/(\\($CITECMD)${extraspace}(?:\[$brat0\]${extraspace}){0,2}\{$pat6\})(\s*)/\\mbox{$AUXCMD\n$1\n}$AUXCMD\n/msg ;
+      } 
 #     splice in modified delblock
       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$delblock;
       pos = $begin + length($delblock);
@@ -1385,7 +1716,10 @@ sub postprocess {
 	substr($addblock,$begin2,$len2)=$mathblock;
 	pos($addblock) = $begin2 + length($mathblock);
       }
-
+      if ($CITECMD) {
+	my $addblockbefore=$addblock;
+	$addblock=~ s/(\\($CITECMD)${extraspace}(?:\[$brat0\]${extraspace}){0,2}\{$pat2\})(\s*)/\\mbox{$AUXCMD\n$1\n}$AUXCMD\n/msg ;
+      }
 #     splice in modified addblock
       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$addblock;
       pos = $begin + length($addblock);
@@ -1396,6 +1730,7 @@ sub postprocess {
     # change begin and end commands  within comments such that they
     # don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
     # this substitution is insufficient but that appears unlikely)
+    # This needs to be repeated here to also get rid of DIFdelcmd-protected environments
     s/(%.*)\\begin\{(.*)$/$1\\BEGINDIF\{$2/mg ;
     s/(%.*)\\end\{(.*)$/$1\\ENDDIF\{$2/mg ;
 
@@ -1404,32 +1739,40 @@ sub postprocess {
     # The next line is complicated.  The negative look-ahead insertion makes sure that no \end{$MATHENV} (or other mathematical
     # environments) are between the \begin{$MATHENV} and \end{MATHMODE} commands. This is necessary as the minimal matching 
     # is not globally minimal but only 'locally' (matching is beginning from the left side of the string)
-    1 while s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}((?:.(?!(?:\\end{(?:(?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}|\\begin{MATHMODE})))*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/s;
-    1 while s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:.(?!\\end{MATHMODE}))*?)\\end{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}/\\begin{$2}$1\\end{$2}/s;
-    # convert remaining \begin{MATHMODE} \end{MATHMODE} (and not containing & or \\ )into MATHREPL environments
-    s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:(.(?!(?<!\\)\&|\\\\))*)?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$1\\end{$MATHREPL}/sg;
-    # others into MATHARRREPL
-    s/\\begin{MATHMODE}(.*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}/sg;
-
-    # now look for AUXCMD math-mode pairs which have only comments (or empty lines between them), and remove the added commands
-    s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}$AUXCMD\n((?:\s*%.[^\n]*\n)*)\\end{\1}$AUXCMD\n/$2/sg; 
-
-
-    # Remove all mark up within picture environments
-    while ( m/\\begin\{($PICTUREENV)\}.*?\\end\{\1\}/sg ) {
-      $cnt=0;
-      $len=length($&);
-      $begin=pos($_) - $len;
-      $float=$&;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFaddend //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFadd\{($pat4)\}/$1/g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdelend //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdel\{($pat4)\}//g;
-      substr($_,$begin,$len)=$float;
-      pos = $begin + length($float);
+    if ( $mathmarkup == FINE ) {
+      1 while s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}((?:.(?!(?:\\end{(?:(?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}|\\begin{MATHMODE})))*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/s;
+      1 while s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:.(?!\\end{MATHMODE}))*?)\\end{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}/\\begin{$2}$1\\end{$2}/s;
+      # convert remaining \begin{MATHMODE} \end{MATHMODE} (and not containing & or \\ )into MATHREPL environments
+      s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:(.(?!(?<!\\)\&|\\\\))*)?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$1\\end{$MATHREPL}/sg;
+      # others into MATHARRREPL
+      s/\\begin{MATHMODE}(.*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}/sg;
+
+      # now look for AUXCMD math-mode pairs which have only comments (or empty lines between them), and remove the added commands
+      s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}$AUXCMD\n((?:\s*%.[^\n]*\n)*)\\end{\1}$AUXCMD\n/$2/sg;       
+    } else {
+      #   math modes OFF,WHOLE,COARSE: Convert \MATHBLOCKmath{..} commands back to environments
+      s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
+      # convert ARRAYBLOCK.. commands back to environments
+      s/\\ARRAYBLOCK($ARRENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
     }
+    #  Convert all PICTUREblock{..} commands back to the appropriate environments
+    s/\\PICTUREBLOCK($PICTUREENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
+#0.5:    # Remove all mark up within picture environments
+#     while ( m/\\begin\{($PICTUREENV)\}.*?\\end\{\1\}/sg ) {
+#       $cnt=0;
+#       $len=length($&);
+#       $begin=pos($_) - $len;
+#       $float=$&;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFaddend //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFadd\{($pat6)\}/$1/g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdelend //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdel\{($pat6)\}//g;
+#       $float =~ s/$DELCMDOPEN.*//g;
+#       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$float;
+#       pos = $begin + length($float);
+#     }
     # Convert DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... into  varieties
     #    within floats (currently recognised float environments: plate,table,figure
     #    plus starred varieties).
@@ -1482,23 +1825,148 @@ sub postprocess {
     s/(%.*)\\BEGINDIF\{(.*)$/$1\\begin\{$2/mg ;
     s/(%.*)\\ENDDIF\{(.*)$/$1\\end\{$2/mg ;
     1 while s/(%.*)DOLLARDIF/$1\$/mg ;
+    # undo renaming of the \cite.. commands in comments 
+    if ( $CITECMD ) {
+      1 while s/(%.*)\\CITEDIF($CITECMD)/$1\\$2/mg ;
+    }
 #   Convert \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET} into \[ \]
     s/\\end{SQUAREBRACKET}/\\\]/sg;
     s/\\begin{SQUAREBRACKET}/\\\[/sg;
 # 4. Convert \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR} into $$ $$
     s/\\begin\{DOLLARDOLLAR\}(.*?)\\end\{DOLLARDOLLAR\}/\$\$$1\$\$/sg;
 # 5. Convert  \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} into ^n  and  \SUPERSCRIPT{nn} into ^{nnn}
-    s/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/^$1/g ;
-    s/\\SUPERSCRIPT{($pat4)}/^{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/^$1/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUPERSCRIPT{($pat6)}/^{$1}/g ;
     # Convert  \SUBSCRIPNB{n} into _n  and  \SUBCRIPT{nn} into _{nnn}
-    s/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/_$1/g ;
-    s/\\SUBSCRIPT{($pat4)}/_{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/_$1/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUBSCRIPT{($pat6)}/_{$1}/g ;
+#    Change \QLEFTBRACE, \QRIGHTBRACE to \{,\}
+    s/\\QLEFTBRACE /\\{/sg;
+    s/\\QRIGHTBRACE /\\}/sg;
 
   return;
   }
 }
 
 
+# @auxlines=preprocess_preamble($oldpreamble,$newpreamble);
+  # pre-process preamble by looking for commands used in \maketitle (title, author, date etc commands) 
+  # if found then use a bodydiff to mark up content, and replace the corresponding commands 
+  # in both preambles by marked up version to 'fool' the linediff (such that only body is marked
+  # up.
+  # A special case are e.g. author commands being added (or removed)
+  # 1. If commands are added, then the entire content is marked up as new, but also the lines are marked as new in the linediff
+  # 2. If commands are removed, then the linediff will mark the line as deleted.  The program returns 
+  #    with $auxlines a text to be appended at the end of the preamble, which shows the respective fields as deleted
+sub preprocess_preamble {
+  my ($oldpreambleref,$newpreambleref)=(\$_[0],\$_[1]) ;
+  my @auxlines=();
+  # Remember to use $$oldpreambleref to refer to oldpreamble
+  my ($titlecmd,$titlecmdpat);
+  my (@oldtitlecommands,@newtitlecommands );
+  my  %oldhash  = ();
+  my  %newhash  = ();
+  my ($line,$cmd,$optarg,$arg,$optargnew,$optargold,$optargdiff,$argold,$argnew,$argdiff,$auxline);
+
+  # resuse context2cmdlist to define these commands to  look out for in preamble
+  $titlecmd = "(?:".join("|",@CONTEXT2CMDLIST).")";
+  # as context2cmdlist is stored as regex, e.g. ((?-xism:^title$), we need to remove ^- fo
+  # resue in a more complex regex
+  $titlecmd =~ s/[\$\^]//g; 
+  # make sure to not match on comment lines:
+  $titlecmdpat=qr/^(?:[^%\n]|\\%)*(\\($titlecmd)$extraspace(?:\[($brat0)\])?(?:\{($pat6)\}))/ms;
+  @oldtitlecommands= ( $$oldpreambleref =~ m/$titlecmdpat/g );
+  @newtitlecommands= ( $$newpreambleref =~ m/$titlecmdpat/g );
+
+
+  while ( @oldtitlecommands ) {
+    $line=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $cmd=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $optarg=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $arg=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+  
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd})) {
+      warn "$cmd is used twice in preamble of old file. Reverting to pure line diff mode for preamble.\n";
+      return;
+    }
+    $oldhash{$cmd}=[ $line, $optarg, $arg ];
+  }
+  while ( @newtitlecommands ) {
+    $line=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $cmd=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $optarg=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $arg=shift @newtitlecommands;
+  
+    if ( defined($newhash{$cmd})) {
+      warn "$cmd is used twice in preamble of new file. Reverting to pure line diff mode for preamble.\n";
+      return;
+    }
+    $newhash{$cmd}=[ $line, $optarg, $arg ];
+  }
+  foreach $cmd ( keys %newhash ) {
+    if ( defined($newhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+       $optargnew=$newhash{$cmd}->[1];
+    } else {
+      $optargnew="";
+    }
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+       $optargold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[1];
+    } else {
+      $optargold="";
+    }
+
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}) ) {
+      $argold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[2];
+    } else {
+      $argold="";
+    }
+    $argnew=$newhash{$cmd}->[2];
+    $argdiff="{" . join("",bodydiff($argold,$argnew)) ."}";
+    if ( length $optargnew ) {
+      $optargdiff="[".join("",bodydiff($optargold,$optargnew))."]" ;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin /\\DIFaddbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFaddend /\\DIFaddendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFadd\{/\\DIFaddFL{/g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin /\\DIFdelbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelend /\\DIFdelendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdel\{/\\DIFdelFL{/g;
+    } else {
+      $optargdiff="";
+    }
+    ### print STDERR "DEBUG s/\\Q$newhash{$cmd}->[0]\\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s\n";
+    # Note: \Q and \E force literal interpretation of what it between them but allow 
+    #      variable interpolation, such that e.g. \title matches just that and not TAB-itle
+    $$newpreambleref=~s/\Q$newhash{$cmd}->[0]\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s;
+    # replace this in old preamble if necessary
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[0])) {
+      $$oldpreambleref=~s/\Q$oldhash{$cmd}->[0]\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s ;
+    }
+    ### print STDERR "DEBUG NEW PRE ".$$newpreambleref."\n";
+  }
+
+  foreach $cmd ( keys %oldhash ) {
+    # if this has already been dealt with above can just skip
+    next if defined($newhash{$cmd}) ;
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+      $optargold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[1];
+      $optargdiff="[".join("",bodydiff($optargold,""))."]" ;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin /\\DIFdelbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelend /\\DIFdelendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdel\{/\\DIFdelFL{/g;
+    } else {
+      $optargdiff="";
+    }
+    $argdiff="{" . join("",bodydiff($argold,"")) ."}";
+    $auxline = "\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff";
+    $auxline =~s/$/$AUXCMD/sg;
+    push @auxlines,$auxline;
+  }
+  # add auxcmd comment to highlight added lines
+  return(@auxlines);
+}
+
+
+
 # @diffs=linediff(\@seq1, \@seq2)
 # mark up lines like this
 #%DIF mm-mmdnn
@@ -1634,7 +2102,7 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
 --subtype=markstyle
 -s markstyle           Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
                        commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin)
-                       Available styles: SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL
+                       Available styles: SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL COLOR
                        [ Default: SAFE ]
 
 --floattype=markstyle
@@ -1750,10 +2218,48 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
    NB For all --show commands, no old.tex or new.tex file needs to be given, and no 
       differencing takes place.
 
+Other configuration options:
+
 --allow-spaces         Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands
                        [Default requires arguments to directly follow each other without 
                                 intervening spaces]
 
+--math-markup=level    Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:
+                      Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+                      off or 0: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+                               appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+                               cause invalid latex code.
+                      whole or 1: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+                               to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+                               mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+                               invalid latex code.
+                      coarse or 2: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+                               granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+                               appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+                               for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+                               being changed. [Default]
+                      fine or 3: Detect small change in equations and mark up and fine granularity.
+                               This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+                               expected, e.g. correction of typos. 
+
+--disable-citation-markup  Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (UNDERLINE, 
+                       FONTSTRIKE, CULINECHBAR)
+--enable-citation-markup   Protect citation commands in changed sections with \\mbox command
+                       [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
+
+Miscelleneous options
+
+--label=label
+-L label               Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+                       of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+                       use of the option sets the label for the new file.
+                       [Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+
+--no-label             Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+
+--visble-label         Include old and new filenames (or labels set with --label option) as 
+                       visible output
+
 --flatten              Replace \\input and \\include commands within body by the content
                        of the files in their argument.  If \\includeonly is present in the
                        preamble, only those files are expanded into the document. However, 
@@ -1761,6 +2267,8 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
                        included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
                        be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
                        respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories.
+                       --flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+                       \\input statements.
 
 --help
 -h                     Show this help text.
@@ -1773,6 +2281,8 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
                        Default is to work silently.
 
 --version              Show version number.
+
+For further information, consult   http://latexdiff.berlios.de
 EOF
 }
 
@@ -1935,7 +2445,7 @@ B<-s markstyle>
 Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
 commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin). This option defines
 C<\DIFaddbegin>, C<\DIFaddend>, C<\DIFdelbegin> and C<\DIFdelend> commands.
-Available styles: C<SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL>
+Available styles: C<SAFE MARGINAL COLOR DVIPSCOL>
 
 [ Default: C<SAFE> ]
 
@@ -2069,7 +2579,7 @@ or table.  These commands behave like text commands, except when
 they occur in a deleted section, when they are disabled, but their
 argument is shown as deleted text.
 
-=item B<--replace-context1cmd=replace-file> 
+=item B<--replace-context2cmd=replace-file> 
 
 =item B<--append-context2cmd=append-file> or
 =item B<--append-context2cmd="cmd1,cmd2,...">
@@ -2124,18 +2634,70 @@ Combine all --show commands.
 NB For all --show commands, no C<old.tex> or C<new.tex> file needs to be specified, and no 
 differencing takes place.
 
+=back
+
+=head2 Other configuration options:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<--allow-spaces>
+
+Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
+that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
+might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
+default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
+directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+
+=item B<--math-markup=level>   
+
+Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:               
+Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+
+C<off> or C<0>: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+cause invalid latex code.
+
+C<whole> or C<1>: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+invalid latex code.
+
+C<coarse> or C<2>: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+being changed. [Default]
+
+C<fine> or C<3>: Detect small change in equations and mark up at fine granularity.
+This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+expected, e.g. correction of typos. 
+
+=item B<--disable-citation-markup>
+
+Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (UNDERLINE, 
+FONTSTRIKE, CULINECHBAR)
+
+=item B<--enable-citation-markup>
+
+Protect citation commands in changed sections with \\mbox command [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
 
 =back
 
 =head2 Miscellaneous
 
 =over 4
-
 =item B<--verbose> or B<-V>
 
 Output various status information to stderr during processing.
 Default is to work silently.
 
+=item B<--driver=type>
+
+Choose driver for changebar package (only relevant for styles using
+   changebar: CCHANGEBAR CFONTCHBAR CULINECHBAR CHANGEBAR). Possible
+drivers are listed in changebar manual, e.g. pdftex,dvips,dvitops
+  [Default: dvips]
+
 =item B<--ignore-warnings>
 
 Suppress warnings about inconsistencies in length between input and
@@ -2145,13 +2707,23 @@ syntax unknown to C<latexdiff> but the resulting difference argument
 is often fully functional anyway, particularly if the non-standard
 latex only occurs in parts of the text which have not changed.
 
-=item B<--allow-spaces>
+=item B<--label=label> or
+B<-L label>
 
-Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
-that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
-might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
-default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
-directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+use of the option sets the label for the new file, i.e. set both
+labels like this C<-L labelold -L labelnew>.
+[Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+
+=item B<--no-label>
+
+Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+
+=item B<--visble-label>
+
+Include old and new filenames (or labels set with --label option) as 
+visible output.
 
 =item B<--flatten>
 
@@ -2162,11 +2734,12 @@ no recursion is done, i.e. C<\input> and C<\include> commands within
 included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
  be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
 respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories. 
+--flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+C<\input> statements.
 
-Use of this option is not recommended
-primarily the processing time for the large documents is prohibitive, and
-the resulting difference document no longer reflects the structure of the 
-input documents. 
+Use of this option might result in prohibitive processing times for
+larger documents, and the resulting difference document
+no longer reflects the structure of the input documents.
 
 =item B<--help> or
 B<-h>
@@ -2179,6 +2752,8 @@ Show version number
 
 =back
 
+
+
 =head2 Predefined styles 
 
 =head2 Major types
@@ -2247,6 +2822,13 @@ Mark beginning and end of changed blocks with symbols in the margin nearby (usin
 the standard C<\marginpar> command - note that this sometimes moves somewhat
 from the intended position.
 
+=item C<COLOR>
+
+An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red.
+(It is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
+although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete, for example 
+with citation commands).
+
 =item C<DVIPSCOL>
 
 An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red. Note
@@ -2340,26 +2922,49 @@ C<|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)>  ]
 
 =back
 
-=head1 BUGS
+=head1 COMMON PROBLEMS
+
+=over 10
 
-UTF-8 support requires a relatively new version of perl (5.8.0 is sufficient 
-but 5.6.2 up would work OK, too).
+=item Citations result in overfull boxes
+
+There is an incompatibility between the C<ulem> package, which C<latexdiff> uses for underlining and striking out in the UNDERLINE style,
+the default style. In order to be able to mark up citations properly, they are placed with an C<\mbox> command in post-processing. As mboxes
+cannot be broken across lines, this procedure frequently results in overfull boxes, possibly obscuring the content as it extends beyond the right margin. If this is a problem, you have two possibilities:
+
+1. Use C<COLOR> or C<DVIPSCOL> subtype markup (option C<-s COLOR>): If this markup is chosen, then changed citations are no longer marked up
+with the wavy line (additions) or struck out (deletions), but are still highlighted in the appropriate color.
+
+2. Choose option C<--disable-citation-markup> which turns off the marking up of citations: deleted citations are no longer shown, and
+added ctations are shown without markup. (This was the default behaviour of latexdiff at versions 0.6 and older)
+
+=item Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors
+
+Try options C<--math-markup=whole>.   If even that fails, you can turn off mark up for equations with C<--math-markup=off>.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 BUGS
 
 Option allow-spaces not implemented entirely consistently. It breaks
 the rules that number and type of white space does not matter, as
 different numbers of inter-argument spaces are treated as significant.
 
-Please send bug reports
-to I<tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff>
+Please submit bug reports on the latexdiff project page I<http://latexdiff.berlios.de>, 
+send them to user discussion list C<latexdiff-users@lists.berlios,de> (prior subscription 
+to list required, also on project webpage)
+or send them to I<tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff>
 (from comments at the top of the source or use B<--version>).  If you come across latex
 files that are error-free and conform to the specifications set out
 above, and whose differencing still does not result in error-free
 latex, please send me those files, ideally edited to only contain the
-offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. 
+offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. If your 
+file relies on non-standard class files, you must include those.  I will not
+look at examples where I have trouble to latex the original files.
 
 =head1 SEE ALSO
 
-L<latexrevise>
+L<latexrevise>, L<latexdiff-vc>
 
 =head1 PORTABILITY
 
@@ -2375,13 +2980,15 @@ I<latexdiff-fast> requires the I<diff> command to be present.
 
 =head1 AUTHOR
 
-Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Frederik Tilmann
+Version 1.0.2
+Copyright (C) 2004-2012 Frederik Tilmann
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 3
 
-Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner
-Thanks to everyone who send in bug reports.
+Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner, 
+T. Connors, Sebastian Gouezel and many others.
+Thanks to the many people who send in bug reports, feature suggestions, and other feedback.
 
 =cut
 
@@ -2636,14 +3243,16 @@ sqrt
 %%END TEXT COMMANDS 
 
 %%BEGIN CONTEXT1 COMMANDS
-% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but who's arguemtn should be printed as plain text
+% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but whose argument should be printed as plain text
 caption
 %%END CONTEXT1 COMMANDS 
 
 %%BEGIN CONTEXT2 COMMANDS
-% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but who's arguemtn should be printed as plain text
+% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but whose argument should be printed as plain text
 title
 author
+date
+institute
 %%END CONTEXT2 COMMANDS 
 
 
@@ -2741,6 +3350,14 @@ author
 \providecommand{\DIFdelend}{\protect\nogroupcolor{black}}
 %DIF END DVIPSCOL PREAMBLE
 
+%DIF COLOR PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbegin}{\protect\color{blue}}
+\providecommand{\DIFaddend}{\protect\color{black}}
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbegin}{\protect\color{red}}
+\providecommand{\DIFdelend}{\protect\color{black}}
+%DIF END COLOR PREAMBLE
+
 
 %% FLOAT TYPES 
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff-fast b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/latexdiff-fast
index ee6c7419ac9..310ecc4daef 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latexdiff/latexdiff-fast
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/latexdiff/latexdiff-fast
@@ -1,24 +1,58 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+##!/usr/bin/perl -w
 # latexdiff - differences two latex files on the word level
 #             and produces a latex file with the differences marked up.
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2004-2007  F J Tilmann (tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk)
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-12  F J Tilmann (tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de, ftilmann@users.berlios.de)
 #
-#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 as published by
-#    the Free Software Foundation.
+# Project webpages:   http://latexdiff.berlios.de/
+# CTAN page:          http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff
+#
+#    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
 #
 #    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 #    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 #    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 #    GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
 #    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+#    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # Detailed usage information at the end of the file
 #
+# Version 1.0.1 - treat \big,\bigg etc. equivalently to \left and
+#              \right - include starred version in MATHENV - apply
+#            - flatten recursively and --flatten expansion is now
+#              aware of comments (thanks to Tim Connors for patch) 
+#            - Change to post-processing for more reliability for
+#              deleted math environments
+#            - On linux systems, recognise  and remove DOS style newlines 
+#            - Provide markup for some special preamble commands (\title,
+#              \author,\date, 
+#            - configurable by setting context2cmd 
+#            - for styles using ulem package, remove \emph and \text.. from list of
+#              safe commands in order to allow linebreaks within the
+#              highlighted sections.  
+#            - for ulem style, now show citations by enclosing them in \mbox commands. 
+#              This unfortunately implies linebreaks within citations no longer function, 
+#              so this functionality can be turned off (Option --disable-citation-markup). 
+#              With --enable-citation-markup, the mbox markup is forced for other styles)
+#            - new substyle COLOR.  This is particularly useful for marking up citations
+#              and some special post-processing is implemented to retain cite
+#              commands in deleted blocks.
+#            - four different levels of math-markup
+#            - Option --driver for choosing driver for modes employing changebar package
+#            - accept \\* as valid command (and other commands of form \.*). Also accept
+#              \<nl> (backslashed newline) 
+#            - some typo fixes, include commands defined in preamble as safe commands
+#              (Sebastian Gouezel) 
+#            - include compared filenames as comments as line 2 and 3 of
+#              the preamble (can be modified with option --label, and suppressed with 
+#              --no-label), option --visible-label to show files in generated pdf or dvi
+#              at the beginning of main document
+#
 # Version 0.5  A number of minor improvements based on feedback
 #              Deleted blocks are now shown before added blocks
 #              Package specific processing
@@ -603,14 +637,15 @@ import Algorithm::Diff qw(traverse_sequences);
 
 use Getopt::Long ;
 use strict ;
+use warnings;
 use utf8 ;
 
 my ($algodiffversion)=split(/ /,$Algorithm::Diff::VERSION);
 
 
 my ($versionstring)=<<EOF ;
-This is LATEXDIFF 0.5  (Algorithm::Diff $Algorithm::Diff::VERSION)
-  (c) 2004-2007 F J Tilmann
+This is LATEXDIFF 1.0.2  (Algorithm::Diff $Algorithm::Diff::VERSION, Perl $^V)
+  (c) 2004-2012 F J Tilmann
 EOF
 
 # Configuration variables: these have to be visible from the subroutines
@@ -618,16 +653,20 @@ my $MINWORDSBLOCK=3; # minimum number of tokens to form an independent block
                      # shorter identical blocks will be merged to the previous word
 my $FLOATENV='(?:figure|table|plate)[\w\d*@]*' ;   # Environments in which FL variants of defined commands are used
 my $PICTUREENV='(?:picture|DIFnomarkup)[\w\d*@]*' ;   # Environments in which all change markup is removed
-my $MATHENV='(?:equation|displaymath|DOLLARDOLLAR)' ;           # Environments turning on display math mode (code also knows about \[ and \]
+my $MATHENV='(?:equation[*]?|displaymath|DOLLARDOLLAR)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on display math mode (code also knows about \[ and \])
 my $MATHREPL='displaymath';  # Environment introducing deleted maths blocks
-my $MATHARRENV='(?:eqnarray|align|gather|multiline|flalign)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on eqnarray math mode
+my $MATHARRENV='(?:eqnarray|align|alignat|gather|multline|flalign)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on eqnarray math mode
 my $MATHARRREPL='eqnarray*';  # Environment introducing deleted maths blocks
-my $ARRENV='(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)'; # Enviroments making arrays in math mode.  The underlining style does not cope well with those - as a result in-text math environments are surrounded by \mbox{ } if any of these commands is used in an inline math block
-my $COUNTERCMD='(?:footnote|part|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)';  # textcmds which are associated with a counter
+my $ARRENV='(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)'; # Environments making arrays in math mode.  The underlining style does not cope well with those - as a result in-text math environments are surrounded by \mbox{ } if any of these commands is used in an inline math block
+my $COUNTERCMD='(?:footnote|part|chapter|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)';  # textcmds which are associated with a counter
                                         # If any of these commands occur in a deleted block
                                         # they will be succeeded by an \addtocounter{...}{-1}
                                         # for the associated counter such that the overall numbers
                                         # should be the same as in the new file
+my $CITECMD=0 ;  # \cite-type commands which need to be protected within an mbox in UNDERLINE and other modes using ulem; pattern simply designed to never match; will be overwritten later for selected styles
+my $CITE2CMD=0;  # \cite-type commands which should be reinstated in deleted blocks
+
+
 
 # Markup strings
 # If at all possible, do not change these as parts of the program
@@ -658,13 +697,19 @@ my @CONTEXT1CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text argum
                          # In deleted passages, the command will be disabled but its argument is marked up
                          # Otherwise they behave exactly like TEXTCMD's 
 my @CONTEXT1CMDEXCL=();  # exclude list for above, but always empty
-my @CONTEXT2CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text arguments, but which fail cause confusion
+my @CONTEXT2CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text arguments, but which fail or cause confusion
                          # if used out of context (e.g. \title). They and their arguments will be disabled in deleted
                          # passages
 my @CONTEXT2CMDEXCL=();  # exclude list for above, but always empty
+my @MATHTEXTCMDLIST=();  # treat like textcmd.  If a textcmd is in deleted or added block, just wrap the
+                         # whole content with \DIFadd or \DIFdel irrespective of content.  This functionality 
+                         # is useful for pseudo commands \MATHBLOCK.. into which math environments are being
+                         # transformed 
+my @MATHTEXTCMDEXCL=();  # 
 
-my @SAFECMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of safe commands (which do not break when in the argument of DIFadd or DIFDEL)
-my @SAFECMDEXCL=();
+# Note I need to declare this with "our" instead of "my" because later in the code I have to "local"ise these  
+our @SAFECMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of safe commands (which do not break when in the argument of DIFadd or DIFDEL)
+our @SAFECMDEXCL=();
 
 my ($i,$j,$l);
 my ($old,$new);
@@ -676,14 +721,25 @@ my ($oldbody, $newbody, $diffbo);
 my ($oldpost, $newpost);
 my ($diffall);
 # Option names
-my ($type,$subtype,$floattype,$config,$preamblefile,$encoding,
+my ($type,$subtype,$floattype,$config,$preamblefile,$encoding,$nolabel,$visiblelabel,
     $showpreamble,$showsafe,$showtext,$showconfig,$showall,
     $replacesafe,$appendsafe,$excludesafe,
     $replacetext,$appendtext,$excludetext,
     $replacecontext1,$appendcontext1,
     $replacecontext2,$appendcontext2,
-    $help,$verbose,$version,$ignorewarnings,$allowspaces,$flatten,$debug);
-my (@configlist,
+    $help,$verbose,$driver,$version,$ignorewarnings,
+    $enablecitmark,$disablecitmark,$allowspaces,$flatten,$debug);  ###$disablemathmark,
+# MNEMNONICS for mathmarkup
+my $mathmarkup;
+use constant {
+  OFF => 0,
+  WHOLE => 1,
+  COARSE => 2,
+  FINE => 3
+};
+
+
+my (@configlist,@labels,
     @appendsafelist,@excludesafelist,
     @appendtextlist,@excludetextlist,
     @appendcontext1list,@appendcontext2list,
@@ -696,9 +752,11 @@ my ($pkg,%packages);
 $type='UNDERLINE';
 $subtype='SAFE';
 $floattype='FLOATSAFE';
+$mathmarkup=COARSE;
 
 $verbose=0;
-$debug=1; 
+# output debug and intermediate files, set to 0 in final distribution
+$debug=0; 
 # define character properties
 sub IsNonAsciiPunct { return <<'END'    # Unicode punctuation but excluding ASCII punctuation
 +utf8::IsPunct
@@ -712,8 +770,7 @@ END
 }
 
 
-
-  my %verbhash;
+my %verbhash;
 
 Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
 GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type, 
@@ -722,6 +779,9 @@ GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type,
 	   'config|c=s' => \@configlist,
 	   'preamble|p=s' => \$preamblefile,
 	   'encoding|e=s' => \$encoding,
+	   'label|L=s' => \@labels,
+	   'no-label' => \$nolabel,
+	   'visible-label' => \$visiblelabel,
 	   'exclude-safecmd|A=s' => \@excludesafelist,
 	   'replace-safecmd=s' => \$replacesafe,
 	   'append-safecmd|a=s' => \@appendsafelist,
@@ -738,9 +798,13 @@ GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type,
 	   'show-config' => \$showconfig,
 	   'show-all' => \$showall,
            'packages=s' => \@packagelist,
+	   'allow-spaces' => \$allowspaces,
+           'math-markup=s' => \$mathmarkup,
+           'enable-citation-markup' => \$enablecitmark,
+           'disable-citation-markup' => \$disablecitmark,
 	   'verbose|V' => \$verbose,
 	   'ignore-warnings' => \$ignorewarnings,
-	   'allow-spaces' => \$allowspaces,
+	   'driver=s'=> \$driver,
 	   'flatten' => \$flatten,
 	   'version' => \$version,
 	   'help|h|H' => \$help);
@@ -760,6 +824,22 @@ if (defined($showall)){
   $showpreamble=$showsafe=$showtext=$showconfig=1;
 }
 
+if (defined($mathmarkup)) {
+  $mathmarkup=~tr/a-z/A-Z/;
+  if ( $mathmarkup eq 'OFF' ){
+    $mathmarkup=OFF;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'WHOLE' ){ 
+    $mathmarkup=WHOLE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'COARSE' ){
+    $mathmarkup=COARSE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'FINE' ){
+    $mathmarkup=FINE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup !~ m/^[0123]$/ ) {
+    die "Illegal value: ($mathmarkup)  for option--math-markup. Possible values: OFF,WHOLE,COARSE,FINE,0- ";
+  }
+  # else use numerical value
+}
+
 # setting extra preamble commands
 if (defined($preamblefile)) {
   $latexdiffpreamble=join "\n",(extrapream($preamblefile),"");
@@ -767,6 +847,10 @@ if (defined($preamblefile)) {
   $latexdiffpreamble=join "\n",(extrapream($type,$subtype,$floattype),"");
 }
 
+if ( defined($driver) ) {
+  # for changebar only
+  $latexdiffpreamble=~s/\[dvips\]/[$driver]/sg;
+}
 # setting up @SAFECMDLIST and @SAFECMDEXCL
 if (defined($replacesafe)) {
   init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST,$replacesafe);
@@ -783,9 +867,25 @@ foreach $excludesafe ( @excludesafelist ) {
 # Special: treat all cite commands as safe except in UNDERLINE and FONTSTRIKE mode
 # (there is a conflict between citation and ulem package, see
 # package documentation)
+# Use post-processing
+
 if ( uc($type) ne "UNDERLINE" && uc($type) ne "FONTSTRIKE" && uc($type) ne "CULINECHBAR" ) {
   push (@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^cite.*$/);
+} else {
+  ### Experimental: disable text and emph commands
+  push (@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^cite.*$/) unless $disablecitmark;
+  push(@SAFECMDEXCL, qr/^emph$/, qr/^text..$/);
+  # replace \cite{..} by \mbox{\cite{..}} in added or deleted blocks in post-processing
+  if ( uc($subtype) eq "COLOR" or uc($subtype) eq "DVIPSCOL" ) {
+    # remove \cite command again from list of safe commands
+    pop @SAFECMDLIST;
+    # deleted cite commands
+    $CITE2CMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' unless $disablecitmark ; # \cite-type commands which should be reinstated in deleted blocks
+  } else {
+    $CITECMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' unless $disablecitmark ; # \cite commands which need to be protected within an mbox in UNDERLINE and other modes using ulem
+  }
 }
+$CITECMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' if $enablecitmark ; # as above for explicit selection
 
 # setting up @TEXTCMDLIST and @TEXTCMDEXCL
 if (defined($replacetext)) {
@@ -822,9 +922,6 @@ foreach $appendcontext2 ( @appendcontext2list ) {
   init_regex_arr_ext(\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, $appendcontext2);
 }
 
-
-
-
 # setting configuration variables
 @config=();
 foreach $config ( @configlist ) {
@@ -858,6 +955,11 @@ foreach $assign ( @config ) {
   else { die "Unknown variable $1 in assignment.";}
 }
 
+if ( $mathmarkup == COARSE || $mathmarkup == WHOLE ) {
+  push(@MATHTEXTCMDLIST,qr/^MATHBLOCK(?:$MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)$/);
+}
+
+
 
 foreach $pkg ( @packagelist ) {
   map { $packages{$_}="" } split(/,/,$pkg) ;
@@ -880,12 +982,13 @@ if ($showtext) {
   print_regex_arr(@TEXTCMDLIST);
   print "\nContext1 commands (last argument textual, command will be disabled in deleted passages, last argument will be shown as plain text):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@CONTEXT1CMDLIST);
-  print "\nContext2 commands (last argument textual, command ant its argument will be disabled in deleted passages):\n";
+  print "\nContext2 commands (last argument textual, command and its argument will be disabled in deleted passages):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@CONTEXT2CMDLIST);  
   print "\nExclude list of Commands with last argument not textual (overrides patterns above):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@TEXTCMDEXCL);
 }
 
+
 if ($showconfig) {
   print "Configuration variables:\n";
   print "MINWORDSBLOCK=$MINWORDSBLOCK\n";
@@ -917,14 +1020,21 @@ if ($allowspaces) {
 push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT1CMDLIST;
 push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT2CMDLIST;
 
+push @TEXTCMDLIST, @MATHTEXTCMDLIST if $mathmarkup==COARSE;
+
+# internal additions to SAFECMDLIST
+push(@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^QLEFTBRACE$/, qr/^QRIGHTBRACE$/);
+
 
 # Patterns. These are used by some of the subroutines, too
 # I can only define them down here because value of extraspace depends on an option
-  my $pat0 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\})*';
-  my $pat1 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat0.'\})*';
-  my $pat2 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat1.'\})*'; # 
-  my $pat3 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat2.'\})*';
-  my $pat4 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat3.'\})*';
+  my $pat0 = '(?:[^{}])*';
+  my $pat1 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat0.'\})*';
+  my $pat2 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat1.'\})*';
+  my $pat3 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat2.'\})*';
+  my $pat4 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat3.'\})*';
+  my $pat5 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat4.'\})*';
+  my $pat6 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat5.'\})*';
   my $brat0 = '(?:[^\[\]]|\\\[|\\\])*'; 
 
   my $quotemarks = '(?:\'\')|(?:\`\`)';
@@ -935,19 +1045,44 @@ push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT2CMDLIST;
   my $coords= '[\-.,\s\d]*';
 # word: sequence of letters or accents followed by letter
   my $word='(?:[-\w\d*]|\\\\[\"\'\`~^][A-Za-z\*])+';
-  my $cmdleftright='\\\\(?:left|right)\s*(?:[()\[\]|]|\\\\(?:[|{}]|\w+))';
+  my $cmdleftright='\\\\(?:left|right|[Bb]igg?[lrm]?|middle)\s*(?:[()\[\]|]|\\\\(?:[|{}]|\w+))';
 
-  my $cmdoptseq='\\\\[\w\d\*]+'.$extraspace.'(?:(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat4 . '\}|\(' . $coords .'\))'.$extraspace.')*';
-  my $oneletcmd='\\\\.(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat4 . '\})*';
+  my $cmdoptseq='\\\\[\w\d\*]+'.$extraspace.'(?:(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat6 . '\}|\(' . $coords .'\))'.$extraspace.')*';
+  my $backslashnl='\\\\\n';
+  my $oneletcmd='\\\\.\*?(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat6 . '\})*';
   my $math='\$(?:[^$]|\\\$)*?\$|\\\\[(].*?\\\\[)]';
-#  my $math='\$(?:[^$]|\\\$)*\$';
+## the current maths command cannot cope with newline within the math expression
+
   my $comment='%.*?\n';
-  my $pat=qr/(?:\A\s*)?(?:${and}|${quotemarks}|${number}|${word}|$cmdleftright|${cmdoptseq}|${math}|${oneletcmd}|${comment}|${punct}|${mathpunct}|\{|\})\s*/ ;
+  my $pat=qr/(?:\A\s*)?(?:${and}|${quotemarks}|${number}|${word}|$cmdleftright|${cmdoptseq}|${math}|${backslashnl}|${oneletcmd}|${comment}|${punct}|${mathpunct}|\{|\})\s*/ ;
 
 
 
 # now we are done setting up and can start working   
 my ($oldfile, $newfile) = @ARGV;
+# check for existence of input files
+if ( ! -e $oldfile ) {
+  die "Input file $oldfile does not exist.";
+}
+if ( ! -e $newfile ) {
+  die "Input file $newfile does not exist.";
+}
+
+
+# set the labels to be included into the file
+my ($oldtime,$newtime,$oldlabel,$newlabel);
+if (defined($labels[0])) {
+  $oldlabel=$labels[0] ;
+} else {
+  $oldtime=localtime((stat($oldfile))[9]); 
+  $oldlabel="$oldfile   " . " "x(length($newfile)-length($oldfile)) . $oldtime;
+}
+if (defined($labels[1])) {
+  $newlabel=$labels[1] ;
+} else {
+  $newtime=localtime((stat($newfile))[9]);
+  $newlabel="$newfile   " . " "x(length($oldfile)-length($newfile)) . $newtime;
+}
 
 $encoding=guess_encoding($newfile) unless defined($encoding);
 
@@ -976,10 +1111,19 @@ if ($flatten) {
   $newbody=flatten($newbody,$newpreamble,$newfile,$encoding);
 }
 
+my @auxlines;
 if ( length $oldpreamble && length $newpreamble ) {
+  # pre-process preamble by looking for commands used in \maketitle (title, author, date etc commands) 
+  # and marking up content with latexdiff markup
+  @auxlines=preprocess_preamble($oldpreamble,$newpreamble);
+
   @oldpreamble = split /\n/, $oldpreamble;
   @newpreamble = split /\n/, $newpreamble;
-  
+
+  # If a command is defined in the preamble of the new file, and only uses safe commands, then it can be considered to be safe) (contribution S. Gouezel)
+  # Base this assessment on the new preamble
+  add_safe_commands($newpreamble);
+
   %packages=list_packages(@newpreamble) unless %packages;
   if (defined $packages{"hyperref"} ) {
     print STDERR "hyperref package detected.\n" if $verbose ;
@@ -987,13 +1131,23 @@ if ( length $oldpreamble && length $newpreamble ) {
     $latexdiffpreamble =~ s/\{\\DIFdel\}/{\\DIFdeltex}/g;
     $latexdiffpreamble .= join "\n",(extrapream("HYPERREF"),"");
   }
+  print STDERR "Differencing preamble.\n" if $verbose;
+
   # insert dummy first line such that line count begins with line 1 (rather than perl's line 0) - just so that line numbers inserted by linediff are correct
   unshift @newpreamble,'';
   unshift @oldpreamble,'';
-  print STDERR "Differencing preamble.\n" if $verbose;
   @diffpreamble = linediff(\@oldpreamble, \@newpreamble);
   # remove dummy line again
   shift @diffpreamble; 
+  # add filenames, modification time and latexdiff mark
+  defined($nolabel) or splice @diffpreamble,1,0,
+      "%DIF LATEXDIFF DIFFERENCE FILE",
+      ,"%DIF DEL $oldlabel",
+      "%DIF ADD $newlabel";
+  if ( @auxlines ) {
+    push @diffpreamble,"%DIF DELETED TITLE COMMANDS FOR MARKUP";
+    push @diffpreamble,join("\n",@auxlines);
+  }
   push @diffpreamble,$latexdiffpreamble;
   push @diffpreamble,'\begin{document}';
 }
@@ -1004,7 +1158,7 @@ elsif ( !length $oldpreamble && !length $newpreamble ) {
   exit(2);
 }
 
-if (defined $packages{"amsmath"} ) {
+if (defined $packages{"amsmath"}  or defined $packages{"amsart"} or defined $packages{"amsbook"} ) {
   print STDERR "amsmath package detected.\n" if $verbose ;
   $MATHARRREPL='align*';
 }
@@ -1016,9 +1170,22 @@ my ($oldleadin,$newleadin)=preprocess($oldbody,$newbody);
 # run difference algorithm
 @diffbody=bodydiff($oldbody, $newbody);
 $diffbo=join("",@diffbody);
+if ( $debug ) {
+    open(RAWDIFF,">","latexdiff.debug.bodydiff");
+    print RAWDIFF $diffbo;
+    close(RAWDIFF);
+}
 print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Postprocessing body. \n " if $verbose;
 postprocess($diffbo);
 $diffall =join("\n",@diffpreamble) ;
+# add visible labels
+if (defined($visiblelabel)) {
+  # Give information right after \begin{document} (or at the beginning of the text for files without preamble
+  ### if \date command is used, add information to \date argument, otherwise give right after \begin{document}
+  ###  $diffall=~s/(\\date$extraspace(?:\[$brat0\])?$extraspace)\{($pat6)\}/$1\{$2 \\ LATEXDIFF comparison \\ Old: $oldlabel \\ New: $newlabel \}/  or
+  $diffbo = "\\begin{verbatim}LATEXDIFF comparison\nOld: $oldlabel\nNew: $newlabel\\end{verbatim}\n$diffbo"   ;
+}
+
 $diffall .= "$newleadin$diffbo" ;
 $diffall .= "\\end{document}$newpost" if length $newpreamble ;
 if ( lc($encoding) ne "utf8" && lc($encoding) ne "ascii" ) {
@@ -1075,6 +1242,9 @@ sub read_file_with_encoding {
     $output=Encode::decode($encoding,$output);
   }
   close FILE;
+  if ($^O eq "linux" ) {
+    $output =~ s/\r\n/\n/g ;
+  }
   return $output;
 }
 
@@ -1099,13 +1269,66 @@ sub list_packages {
   return (%packages);
 }
 
+# Subroutine add_safe_commands modified from version provided by S. Gouezel
+# add_safe_commands($preamble)
+# scans the argument for \newcommand and \DeclareMathOperator,
+# and adds the created commands which are clearly safe to @SAFECMDLIST
+sub add_safe_commands {
+  my ($preamble)=@_;
+  my $added_command = 1;
+
+  $preamble=~s/(?<!\\)%.*$//mg ;
+
+  while ($added_command) { 
+    $added_command  = 0;
+      # get rid of comments
+    my $to_test = "";
+      # test for \DeclareMathOperator{\foo}{myoperator}
+    while ( $preamble =~ m/\DeclareMathOperator\s*\{\\(\w*?)\}/s) {
+      $to_test=$1;
+      if ($to_test ne "" and not iscmd($to_test,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) and not iscmd($to_test, \@SAFECMDEXCL, []))  {
+        # one should add $to_test to the list of safe commands.
+        init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST, $to_test);
+        $added_command = 1;
+        print STDERR "Adding $to_test to the list of safe commands\n" if $verbose;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while ( $preamble =~ m/\\(?:|re|provide)newcommand\s*{\\(\w*)\}(?:|\[\d*\])\s*\{(${pat6})\}/osg ) {
+      my $maybe_to_test  = $1;
+      my $should_be_safe = $2;
+      my $success = 0;
+      # test if all latex commands inside it are safe
+      $success = 1;
+      if ($should_be_safe =~ m/\\\\/) {
+	$success = 0;
+      } else {
+	while ($should_be_safe =~ m/\\(\w+)/g) {
+	  $success = 0 unless iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL); ### or $1 eq "";
+	}
+      }
+      ###      }
+      $to_test = $maybe_to_test if $success;
+      
+      if ($to_test ne "" and not iscmd($to_test,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) and not iscmd($to_test, \@SAFECMDEXCL, []))  {
+#        # one should add $to_test to the list of safe commands.
+        init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST, $to_test);
+        $added_command = 1;
+        print STDERR "Adding $to_test to the list of safe commands\n" if $verbose;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
 # flatten($text,$preamble,$filename,$encoding)
 # expands \input and \include commands within text
-# premable is scanned for includeonly commands
+# preamble is scanned for includeonly commands
 # encoding is the encoding
 sub flatten {
   my ($text,$preamble,$filename,$encoding)=@_;
-  my ($includeonly,$dirname,$fname,$newpage,$replacement);
+  my ($includeonly,$dirname,$fname,$newpage,$replacement,$begline);
   require File::Basename ; 
   require File::Spec ; 
   $dirname = File::Basename::dirname($filename);
@@ -1116,21 +1339,24 @@ sub flatten {
     $includeonly = '.*?';
   }
 
-  print STDERR "DEBUG: includeonly $includeonly\n";
+  print STDERR "DEBUG: includeonly $includeonly\n" if $debug;
 
-  $text=~s/\\input{(.*?)}|\\include{(${includeonly}(?:\.tex)?)}/{ 
-	    $fname = $1 if defined($1)  ;
-	    $fname = $2 if defined($2) ;       
+  $text=~s/(^(?:[^%\n]|\\%)*)\\input{(.*?)}|\\include{(${includeonly}(?:\.tex)?)}/{ 
+	    $fname = $2 if defined($2) ;
+	    $fname = $3 if defined($3) ;       
             #      # add tex extension unless there is a three letter extension already 
             $fname .= ".tex" unless $fname =~ m|\.\w{3}|;
+            print STDERR "DEBUG Beg of line match |$1|\n" if defined($1) && $debug ;
             print STDERR "Include file $fname\n" if $verbose;
-            print STDERR "DEBUG looking for file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), "\n";
-            # content of file becomes replacement value, add \newpage if the command was include
-            $replacement=read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding) or die
-                "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
-	    $newpage=(defined($2)? " \\newpage " : "") ;
-	    "$newpage$replacement$newpage";
-          }/exg;
+            print STDERR "DEBUG looking for file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), "\n" if $debug;
+            # content of file becomes replacement value (use recursion), add \newpage if the command was include
+            ###$replacement=read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding) or die "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
+	    $replacement=flatten(read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding), $preamble,$filename,$encoding) or die "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
+	    # \include always starts a new page; use explicit \newpage command to simulate this
+	    $begline=(defined($1)? $1 : "") ;
+	    $newpage=(defined($3)? " \\newpage " : "") ;
+	    "$begline$newpage$replacement$newpage";
+          }/exgm;
 
   return($text);
 }
@@ -1237,13 +1463,29 @@ sub bodydiff {
   my @oldwords = splitlatex($oldwords);
   print STDERR "Parsing $newfile \n" if $verbose;
   my @newwords = splitlatex($newwords);
-  my $token;
+
+  if ( $debug ) {
+    open(TOKENOLD,">","latexdiff.debug.tokenold");
+    print TOKENOLD join("***\n",@oldwords);
+    close(TOKENOLD);
+    open(TOKENNEW,">","latexdiff.debug.tokennew");
+    print TOKENNEW join("***\n",@newwords);
+    close(TOKENNEW);
+  }
 
   print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Pass 1: Expanding text commands and merging isolated identities with changed blocks  " if $verbose;
   pass1(\@oldwords, \@newwords);
 
 
   print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Pass 2: inserting DIF tokens and mark up.  " if $verbose;
+  if ( $debug ) {
+    open(TOKENOLD,">","latexdiff.debug.tokenold2.tex");
+    print TOKENOLD join("***\n",@oldwords);
+    close(TOKENOLD);
+    open(TOKENNEW,">","latexdiff.debug.tokennew2.tex");
+    print TOKENNEW join("***\n",@newwords);
+    close(TOKENNEW);
+  }
 
   @retwords=pass2(\@oldwords, \@newwords);
 
@@ -1260,6 +1502,9 @@ sub bodydiff {
 # a latex command
 sub splitlatex {
   my ($string) = @_ ;
+  # if input is empty, return empty list
+  length($string)>0 or return ();
+
   my @retval=($string =~ m/$pat/osg);  
 
   if (length($string) != length(join("",@retval))) {
@@ -1345,7 +1590,7 @@ sub pass1 {
 #			print STDERR "Unchanged block $cnt, $last1,$last2 \n";
                         if ($cnt < $MINWORDSBLOCK 
 			    && $cnt==scalar (
-				     grep { /^$wpat/ || ( /^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat4\})*)/o 
+				     grep { /^$wpat/ || ( /^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat6\})*)/o 
 							   && iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) 
 							   && scalar(@dummy=split(" ",$2))<3 ) }
 					     @$block) )  {
@@ -1477,7 +1722,7 @@ sub extracttextblocks {
   for ($i=0;$i< scalar @$block;$i++) {
     ($token,$index)=@{ $block->[$i] };
     # store pure text blocks
-    if ($token =~ /$wpat/ ||  ( $token =~/^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*)/o 
+    if ($token =~ /$wpat/ ||  ( $token =~/^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*)/o 
 				&& iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) 
 				&& !iscmd($1,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL))) {
       # we have text or a command which can be treated as text
@@ -1531,7 +1776,7 @@ sub extractcommands {
     # $2: \cmd
     # $3: last argument
     # $4: }  + trailing spaces
-    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
+    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
 	 && iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL) ) {
       #      push(@$retval,[ $2,$index,$1,$3,$4 ]);
       ($cmd,$open,$mid,$closing) = ($2,$1,$3,$4) ;
@@ -1625,7 +1870,7 @@ sub pass2 {
 # braces, ampersands, or comments
 # mark comments with $comment
 # exclude all other exceptions from scope of open, close like this
-# ($openmark, $open,...,$close, $opencomd,command, command,$closecmd, $open, ..., $close, $closemark)
+# ($openmark, $open,...,$close, $opencmd,command, command,$closecmd, $open, ..., $close, $closemark)
 # If $opencmd begins with "%" marktags assumes it is operating on a deleted block, otherwise on an added block
 sub marktags {
   my ($openmark,$closemark,$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,$block)=@_;
@@ -1657,21 +1902,30 @@ sub marktags {
       $noncomment=1;
     }
     # negative lookahead pattern (?!) in second clause is put in to avoid mathcing \( .. \) patterns
-    if ( $word =~ /^[&{}\[\]]/ || ( $word =~ /^\\(?!\()([\w*@]*)/ && !iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL)) ) {
+    # also note that second pattern will match \\
+    # Note: the second pattern should really be $word =~ /^\\(?!\()(\\|[\w*@]+)/, ie * replaced by +
+    # and then all commands \" \' etc declared safe. But as I don't have a complete list of one letter 
+    # commands, and nobody has complained so far, I will eave this as is
+    if ( $word =~ /^[&{}\[\]]/ || ( $word =~ /^\\(?!\()(\\|[\w*@]*)/ &&  !iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL)) ) {
       # word is a command or other significant token (not in SAFECMDLIST)
 	## same conditions as in subroutine extractcommand:
 	# check if token is an alphanumeric command sequence with at least one non-optional argument
 	# \cmd[...]{...}{last argument}  
 	# Capturing in the following results in these associations
 	# $1: \cmd[...]{...}{
-	# $2: \cmd
+	# $2: cmd
 	# $3: last argument
 	# $4: }  + trailing spaces
-	### pre-0.3    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat4\})*\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
-      if ( ( $word =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
-	   && iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL)  && ( !$cmdcomment || !iscmd($2,\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, \@CONTEXT2CMDEXCL) )  ) {	 
-	# word is a text command - we mark up the interior of the word. But if we are in a deleted block ($cmdcomment=1) and
-        # $2 (the command) is in context2, just treat it as an ordinary command (i.e. comment it open with $opencmd)
+	### pre-0.3    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat6\})*\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
+      if ( ( $word =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
+	   && (iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL)|| iscmd($2,\@MATHTEXTCMDLIST,\@MATHTEXTCMDEXCL))
+           && ( !$cmdcomment || !iscmd($2,\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, \@CONTEXT2CMDEXCL) )  ) {
+	# Condition 1: word is a command? - if yes, $1,$2,.. will be set as above
+        # Condition 2: word is a text command - we mark up the interior of the word. There is a separate check for MATHTEXTCMDLIST
+        #              because for $mathmarkup=WHOLE, the commands should not be split in pass1 (ie. math mode commands are not in
+        #              TEXTCMDLIST, but the interior of MATHTEXT commands should be highlighted in both deleted and added blocks
+        # Condition 3: But if we are in a deleted block ($cmdcomment=1) and
+        #            $2 (the command) is in context2, just treat it as an ordinary command (i.e. comment it open with $opencmd)
         # Because we do not want to disable this command
 	# here we do not use $opencmd and $closecmd($opencmd is empty) 
 	if ($cmd==1) {
@@ -1691,7 +1945,15 @@ sub marktags {
           # to suppress linebreak after opening parentheses, which is important
           # for latexrevise
           push (@$retval,$command,"%\n{$AUXCMD\n",marktags("","",$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,\@argtext),$closingbracket);
-	} else {
+        } elsif ( iscmd($commandword,,\@MATHTEXTCMDLIST, \@MATHTEXTCMDEXCL) ) {
+	  # MATHBLOCK pseudo command: consider all commands safe, except & and \\	
+	  # Keep these commands even in deleted blocks, hence set $opencmd and $closecmd (5th and 6th argument of marktags) to 
+	  # ""
+	  local @SAFECMDLIST=(".*"); 
+	  local @SAFECMDEXCL=('\\','\\\\');
+	  push(@$retval,$command,marktags("","",$open,$close,"","",$comment,\@argtext)#@argtext
+                       ,$closingbracket);
+        } else {
 	  # normal textcmd or context1cmd in an added block
 	  push (@$retval,$command,marktags("","",$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,\@argtext),$closingbracket);  
 	}
@@ -1723,6 +1985,9 @@ sub marktags {
 # preprocess($string, ..)
 # carry out the following pre-processing steps for all arguments:
 # 1. Remove leading white-space
+#    Change \{ to \LEFTBRACE and \} to \RIGHTBRACE
+# #. change begin and end commands  within comments to BEGINDIF, ENDDIF
+#    so they don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
 # 2. mark all first empty line (in block of several) with \PAR tokens
 # 3. Convert all '\%' into '\PERCENTAGE ' to make parsing regular expressions easier
 # 4. Convert all \verb|some verbatim text| commands (where | can be an arbitrary character)
@@ -1732,8 +1997,11 @@ sub marktags {
 # 7. Convert ^n into \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} and ^{nnn} into \SUPERSCRIPT{nn}
 # 8. a. Convert $$ $$ into \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR}
 #    b. Convert \[ \] into \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET}
+# 9. Convert all picture environmentent (\begin{PICTUREENV} .. \end{PICTUREENV} \PICTUREBLOCKenv
+#     For --block-math-markup option -convert all \begin{MATH} .. \end{MATH}
+#    into \MATHBLOCKmath{...} commands, where MATH/math is any valid math environment
 
-# 9. Add final token STOP to the very end.  This is put in because the algorithm works better if the last token is identical.  This is removed again in postprocessing.
+# 10. Add final token STOP to the very end.  This is put in because the algorithm works better if the last token is identical.  This is removed again in postprocessing.
 #
 # NB: step 6 and 7 is likely to  convert some "_" inappropriately, e.g. in file
 #     names or labels but it does not matter because they are converted back in the postprocessing step
@@ -1743,21 +2011,39 @@ sub preprocess {
   for (@_) { 
     s/^(\s*)//s;
     push(@leadin,$1);
+    #    Change \{ to \QLEFTBRACE and \} to \QRIGHTBRACE
+    s/(?<!\\)\\{/\\QLEFTBRACE /sg;
+    s/(?<!\\)\\}/\\QRIGHTBRACE /sg;
+    # change begin and end commands  within comments such that they
+    # don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
+    # this substitution is insufficient but that appears unlikely)
+    s/(%.*)\\begin\{(.*)$/$1\\BEGINDIF\{$2/mg ;
+    s/(%.*)\\end\{(.*)$/$1\\ENDDIF\{$2/mg ;
+
     s/\n(\s*?)\n((?:\s*\n)*)/\n$1\\PAR\n$2/g ;
     s/(?<!\\)\\%/\\PERCENTAGE /g ;  # (?<! is negative lookbehind assertion to prevent \\% from being converted
     s/(\\verb\*?)(\S)(.*?)\2/"${1}{". tohash(\%verbhash,"${2}${3}${2}") ."}"/esg;
     s/\\begin\{(verbatim\*?)\}(.*?)\\end\{\1\}/"\\${1}{". tohash(\%verbhash,"${2}") . "}"/esg;
     # Convert _n or _\cmd into \SUBSCRIPTNB{n} or \SUBSCRIPTNB{\cmd} and _{nnn} into \SUBSCRIPT{nn}
-    s/_([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
-    s/_{($pat4)}/\\SUBSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/_([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/_{($pat6)}/\\SUBSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
     # Convert ^n into \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} and ^{nnn} into \SUPERSCRIPT{nn}
-    s/\^([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
-    s/\^{($pat4)}/\\SUPERSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\^([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\^{($pat6)}/\\SUPERSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
     # Convert $$ $$ into \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR}
     s/\$\$(.*?)\$\$/\\begin{DOLLARDOLLAR}$1\\end{DOLLARDOLLAR}/sg;
     # Convert \[ \] into \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET}
     s/(?<!\\)\\\[/\\begin{SQUAREBRACKET}/sg;
     s/\\\]/\\end{SQUAREBRACKET}/sg;
+    # Convert all picture environmentent (\begin{PICTUREENV} .. \end{PICTUREENV} \PICTUREBLOCKenv
+    s/\\begin{($PICTUREENV)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\PICTUREBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+    #    For --block-math-markup option -convert all \begin{MATH} .. \end{MATH}
+    #    into \MATHBLOCKMATH{...} commands, where MATH is any valid math environment
+    #    Also convert all array environments into ARRAYBLOCK environments
+    if ( $mathmarkup != FINE ) {
+      s/\\begin{($ARRENV)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\ARRAYBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+      s/\\begin{($MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\MATHBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+    }
     # add final token " STOP"
     $_ .= " STOP"
   }
@@ -1805,9 +2091,10 @@ sub fromhash {
 # carry out the following post-processing steps for all arguments:
 # * Remove STOP token from the end
 # * Replace \RIGHTBRACE by }
+# *  change citation commands within comments to protect from processing (using marker CITEDIF)
 # 1. Check all deleted blocks: 
 #    a.where a deleted block contains a matching \begin and
-#      \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), for selected environment enable enable
+#      \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), for selected environments enable
 #      these commands again (such that for example displayed math in a deleted equation
 #      is properly within math mode.  For math mode environments replace numbered equation
 #      environments with their display only variety (so that equation numbers in new file and
@@ -1817,8 +2104,19 @@ sub fromhash {
 #      subtracting one from the respective counter to keep numbering consistent with new file
 #    Replace all MATHMODE environment commands by the correct environment to achieve matching
 #    pairs
+#    c. Convert MATHBLOCKmath commands to their uncounted numbers (e.g. convert equation -> displaymath
+#       (environments defined in $MATHENV will be replaced by $MATHREPL, and  environments in $MATHARRENV
+#       will be replaced by $MATHARRREPL
+#    d. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
+#    d. place \cite commands in mbox'es (for UNDERLINE style)
+#
+#   For added blocks:
 #    c. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
-# 2. Remove DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... from picture environments
+#    d. place \cite commands in mbox'es (for UNDERLINE style)
+#     
+# 2.   If --block-math-markup option set: Convert \MATHBLOCKmath{..} commands back to environments
+#
+#      Convert all PICTUREblock{..} commands back to the appropriate environments
 # 3. Convert DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... into FL varieties
 #    within floats (currently recognised float environments: plate,table,figure
 #    plus starred varieties).
@@ -1833,7 +2131,7 @@ sub fromhash {
 # 10.  package specific processing:  endfloat: make sure \begin{figure} and \end{figure} are always
 #      on a line by themselves, similarly for table environment
 #  4, undo renaming of the \begin and \end in comments
-
+#    Change \QLEFTBRACE, \QRIGHTBRACE to \{,\}
 #
 # Note have to manually synchronize substitution commands below and 
 # DIF.. command names in the header
@@ -1851,6 +2149,11 @@ sub postprocess {
     s/ STOP$//;
     # Replace \RIGHTBRACE by }    
     s/\\RIGHTBRACE/}/g;
+
+    # change citation commands within comments to protect from processing
+    if ($CITECMD){
+      1 while s/(%.*)\\($CITECMD)/$1\\CITEDIF$2/m ;
+    }
     # Check all deleted blocks: where a deleted block contains a matching \begin and
     #    \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), enable
     #    these commands again (such that for example displayed math in a deleted equation
@@ -1867,55 +2170,72 @@ sub postprocess {
       ### (.*?[^\n]?)\n? construct is necessary to avoid empty lines in math mode, which result in
       ### an error
       # displayed math environments
-      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-      # also transform the opposite pair \end{displaymath} .. \begin{displaymath} but we have to be careful not to interfere with the results of the transformation in the line directly above
-      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHREPL} and insert \end{$MATHREPL} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-
+      if ($mathmarkup == FINE ) {
+	$delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	# also transform the opposite pair \end{displaymath} .. \begin{displaymath} but we have to be careful not to interfere with the results of the transformation in the line directly above
+	### pre-0.42 obsolete version which did not work on eqnarray test      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/$1\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	###0.5:      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	$delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+  
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHREPL} and insert \end{$MATHREPL} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+	}
 
-      # equation array environment
-      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
 
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHARRENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHARRREPL} and insert \end{$MATHARRREPL} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
+	### pre-0.42      # same as above for special case \[.\] (latex abbreviation for displaymath)
+        ### pre-0.42      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\[\s*?\n())(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\])/$1\\\[$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\\]$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ### pre-0.42      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\]\s*?\n())(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\[)/$1\\\]$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\\[$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        # equation array environment
+        ###pre-0.3      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ###0.5      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ###  pre-0.42 obsolete version which did not work on eqnarray test     $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHARRENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHARRREPL} and insert \end{$MATHARRREPL} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+           $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
 
       # parse $delblock for deleted and reinstated eqnarray* environments - within those reinstate \\ and & commands
-      while ( $delblock =~ m/\\begin\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n.*?\n\\end\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n/sg ) {
-	$cnt2=0;
-	$len2=length($&);
-	$begin2=pos($delblock) - $len2;
-	$eqarrayblock=$&;
-	# reinstate deleted & and \\ commands
-	$eqarrayblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*(\&|\\\\)\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1$2$AUXCMD\n/sg ;
-
-	substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$eqarrayblock;
-	pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($eqarrayblock);
+        while ( $delblock =~ m/\\begin\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n.*?\n\\end\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n/sg ) {
+	  $cnt2=0;
+	  $len2=length($&);
+	  $begin2=pos($delblock) - $len2;
+	  $eqarrayblock=$&;
+	  # reinstate deleted & and \\ commands
+	  $eqarrayblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*(\&|\\\\)\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1$2$AUXCMD\n/sg ;
+	  
+	  substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$eqarrayblock;
+	  pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($eqarrayblock);
+	}
+      } elsif ( $mathmarkup == COARSE || $mathmarkup == WHOLE ) {
+#       Convert MATHBLOCKmath commands to their uncounted numbers (e.g. convert equation -> displaymath
+#       (environments defined in $MATHENV will be replaced by $MATHREPL, and  environments in $MATHARRENV
+#       will be replaced by $MATHARRREPL
+	$delblock=~ s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\MATHBLOCK$MATHREPL\{$2\}/sg;
+	$delblock=~ s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHARRENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\MATHBLOCK$MATHARRREPL\{$2\}/sg;
       }
 
 
-
 #    b.where one of the commands matching $COUNTERCMD is used as a DIFAUXCMD, add a statement
 #      subtracting one from the respective counter to keep numbering consistent with new file
-      $delblock=~ s/\\($COUNTERCMD)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*\s*${AUXCMD}\n)/\\$1$2\\addtocounter{$1}{-1}${AUXCMD}\n/sg ;
+      $delblock=~ s/\\($COUNTERCMD)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*\s*${AUXCMD}\n)/\\$1$2\\addtocounter{$1}{-1}${AUXCMD}\n/sg ;
+
+
 #     c. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
       while ( $delblock =~ m/($math)(\s*)/sg ) {
 	$cnt2=0;
@@ -1926,7 +2246,18 @@ sub postprocess {
 	substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$mathblock;
 	pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($mathblock);
       }
-
+      if ($CITE2CMD) {
+	$delblock=~s/($DELCMDOPEN\s*\\($CITE2CMD)(.*)$DELCMDCLOSE)/
+	  # Replacement code 
+	  {my ($aux,$all);
+	   $aux=$all=$1;
+	   $aux=~s#\n?($DELCMDOPEN|$DELCMDCLOSE)##g;
+	   $all."$aux$AUXCMD\n";}/sge;
+      }
+      # or protect \cite commands with \mbox
+      if ($CITECMD) {
+	$delblock=~s/(\\($CITECMD)${extraspace}(?:\[$brat0\]${extraspace}){0,2}\{$pat6\})(\s*)/\\mbox{$AUXCMD\n$1\n}$AUXCMD\n/msg ;
+      } 
 #     splice in modified delblock
       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$delblock;
       pos = $begin + length($delblock);
@@ -1946,7 +2277,10 @@ sub postprocess {
 	substr($addblock,$begin2,$len2)=$mathblock;
 	pos($addblock) = $begin2 + length($mathblock);
       }
-
+      if ($CITECMD) {
+	my $addblockbefore=$addblock;
+	$addblock=~ s/(\\($CITECMD)${extraspace}(?:\[$brat0\]${extraspace}){0,2}\{$pat2\})(\s*)/\\mbox{$AUXCMD\n$1\n}$AUXCMD\n/msg ;
+      }
 #     splice in modified addblock
       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$addblock;
       pos = $begin + length($addblock);
@@ -1957,6 +2291,7 @@ sub postprocess {
     # change begin and end commands  within comments such that they
     # don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
     # this substitution is insufficient but that appears unlikely)
+    # This needs to be repeated here to also get rid of DIFdelcmd-protected environments
     s/(%.*)\\begin\{(.*)$/$1\\BEGINDIF\{$2/mg ;
     s/(%.*)\\end\{(.*)$/$1\\ENDDIF\{$2/mg ;
 
@@ -1965,32 +2300,40 @@ sub postprocess {
     # The next line is complicated.  The negative look-ahead insertion makes sure that no \end{$MATHENV} (or other mathematical
     # environments) are between the \begin{$MATHENV} and \end{MATHMODE} commands. This is necessary as the minimal matching 
     # is not globally minimal but only 'locally' (matching is beginning from the left side of the string)
-    1 while s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}((?:.(?!(?:\\end{(?:(?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}|\\begin{MATHMODE})))*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/s;
-    1 while s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:.(?!\\end{MATHMODE}))*?)\\end{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}/\\begin{$2}$1\\end{$2}/s;
-    # convert remaining \begin{MATHMODE} \end{MATHMODE} (and not containing & or \\ )into MATHREPL environments
-    s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:(.(?!(?<!\\)\&|\\\\))*)?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$1\\end{$MATHREPL}/sg;
-    # others into MATHARRREPL
-    s/\\begin{MATHMODE}(.*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}/sg;
-
-    # now look for AUXCMD math-mode pairs which have only comments (or empty lines between them), and remove the added commands
-    s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}$AUXCMD\n((?:\s*%.[^\n]*\n)*)\\end{\1}$AUXCMD\n/$2/sg; 
-
-
-    # Remove all mark up within picture environments
-    while ( m/\\begin\{($PICTUREENV)\}.*?\\end\{\1\}/sg ) {
-      $cnt=0;
-      $len=length($&);
-      $begin=pos($_) - $len;
-      $float=$&;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFaddend //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFadd\{($pat4)\}/$1/g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdelend //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdel\{($pat4)\}//g;
-      substr($_,$begin,$len)=$float;
-      pos = $begin + length($float);
+    if ( $mathmarkup == FINE ) {
+      1 while s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}((?:.(?!(?:\\end{(?:(?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}|\\begin{MATHMODE})))*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/s;
+      1 while s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:.(?!\\end{MATHMODE}))*?)\\end{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}/\\begin{$2}$1\\end{$2}/s;
+      # convert remaining \begin{MATHMODE} \end{MATHMODE} (and not containing & or \\ )into MATHREPL environments
+      s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:(.(?!(?<!\\)\&|\\\\))*)?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$1\\end{$MATHREPL}/sg;
+      # others into MATHARRREPL
+      s/\\begin{MATHMODE}(.*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}/sg;
+
+      # now look for AUXCMD math-mode pairs which have only comments (or empty lines between them), and remove the added commands
+      s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}$AUXCMD\n((?:\s*%.[^\n]*\n)*)\\end{\1}$AUXCMD\n/$2/sg;       
+    } else {
+      #   math modes OFF,WHOLE,COARSE: Convert \MATHBLOCKmath{..} commands back to environments
+      s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
+      # convert ARRAYBLOCK.. commands back to environments
+      s/\\ARRAYBLOCK($ARRENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
     }
+    #  Convert all PICTUREblock{..} commands back to the appropriate environments
+    s/\\PICTUREBLOCK($PICTUREENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
+#0.5:    # Remove all mark up within picture environments
+#     while ( m/\\begin\{($PICTUREENV)\}.*?\\end\{\1\}/sg ) {
+#       $cnt=0;
+#       $len=length($&);
+#       $begin=pos($_) - $len;
+#       $float=$&;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFaddend //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFadd\{($pat6)\}/$1/g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdelend //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdel\{($pat6)\}//g;
+#       $float =~ s/$DELCMDOPEN.*//g;
+#       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$float;
+#       pos = $begin + length($float);
+#     }
     # Convert DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... into  varieties
     #    within floats (currently recognised float environments: plate,table,figure
     #    plus starred varieties).
@@ -2043,23 +2386,148 @@ sub postprocess {
     s/(%.*)\\BEGINDIF\{(.*)$/$1\\begin\{$2/mg ;
     s/(%.*)\\ENDDIF\{(.*)$/$1\\end\{$2/mg ;
     1 while s/(%.*)DOLLARDIF/$1\$/mg ;
+    # undo renaming of the \cite.. commands in comments 
+    if ( $CITECMD ) {
+      1 while s/(%.*)\\CITEDIF($CITECMD)/$1\\$2/mg ;
+    }
 #   Convert \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET} into \[ \]
     s/\\end{SQUAREBRACKET}/\\\]/sg;
     s/\\begin{SQUAREBRACKET}/\\\[/sg;
 # 4. Convert \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR} into $$ $$
     s/\\begin\{DOLLARDOLLAR\}(.*?)\\end\{DOLLARDOLLAR\}/\$\$$1\$\$/sg;
 # 5. Convert  \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} into ^n  and  \SUPERSCRIPT{nn} into ^{nnn}
-    s/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/^$1/g ;
-    s/\\SUPERSCRIPT{($pat4)}/^{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/^$1/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUPERSCRIPT{($pat6)}/^{$1}/g ;
     # Convert  \SUBSCRIPNB{n} into _n  and  \SUBCRIPT{nn} into _{nnn}
-    s/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/_$1/g ;
-    s/\\SUBSCRIPT{($pat4)}/_{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/_$1/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUBSCRIPT{($pat6)}/_{$1}/g ;
+#    Change \QLEFTBRACE, \QRIGHTBRACE to \{,\}
+    s/\\QLEFTBRACE /\\{/sg;
+    s/\\QRIGHTBRACE /\\}/sg;
 
   return;
   }
 }
 
 
+# @auxlines=preprocess_preamble($oldpreamble,$newpreamble);
+  # pre-process preamble by looking for commands used in \maketitle (title, author, date etc commands) 
+  # if found then use a bodydiff to mark up content, and replace the corresponding commands 
+  # in both preambles by marked up version to 'fool' the linediff (such that only body is marked
+  # up.
+  # A special case are e.g. author commands being added (or removed)
+  # 1. If commands are added, then the entire content is marked up as new, but also the lines are marked as new in the linediff
+  # 2. If commands are removed, then the linediff will mark the line as deleted.  The program returns 
+  #    with $auxlines a text to be appended at the end of the preamble, which shows the respective fields as deleted
+sub preprocess_preamble {
+  my ($oldpreambleref,$newpreambleref)=(\$_[0],\$_[1]) ;
+  my @auxlines=();
+  # Remember to use $$oldpreambleref to refer to oldpreamble
+  my ($titlecmd,$titlecmdpat);
+  my (@oldtitlecommands,@newtitlecommands );
+  my  %oldhash  = ();
+  my  %newhash  = ();
+  my ($line,$cmd,$optarg,$arg,$optargnew,$optargold,$optargdiff,$argold,$argnew,$argdiff,$auxline);
+
+  # resuse context2cmdlist to define these commands to  look out for in preamble
+  $titlecmd = "(?:".join("|",@CONTEXT2CMDLIST).")";
+  # as context2cmdlist is stored as regex, e.g. ((?-xism:^title$), we need to remove ^- fo
+  # resue in a more complex regex
+  $titlecmd =~ s/[\$\^]//g; 
+  # make sure to not match on comment lines:
+  $titlecmdpat=qr/^(?:[^%\n]|\\%)*(\\($titlecmd)$extraspace(?:\[($brat0)\])?(?:\{($pat6)\}))/ms;
+  @oldtitlecommands= ( $$oldpreambleref =~ m/$titlecmdpat/g );
+  @newtitlecommands= ( $$newpreambleref =~ m/$titlecmdpat/g );
+
+
+  while ( @oldtitlecommands ) {
+    $line=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $cmd=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $optarg=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $arg=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+  
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd})) {
+      warn "$cmd is used twice in preamble of old file. Reverting to pure line diff mode for preamble.\n";
+      return;
+    }
+    $oldhash{$cmd}=[ $line, $optarg, $arg ];
+  }
+  while ( @newtitlecommands ) {
+    $line=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $cmd=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $optarg=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $arg=shift @newtitlecommands;
+  
+    if ( defined($newhash{$cmd})) {
+      warn "$cmd is used twice in preamble of new file. Reverting to pure line diff mode for preamble.\n";
+      return;
+    }
+    $newhash{$cmd}=[ $line, $optarg, $arg ];
+  }
+  foreach $cmd ( keys %newhash ) {
+    if ( defined($newhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+       $optargnew=$newhash{$cmd}->[1];
+    } else {
+      $optargnew="";
+    }
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+       $optargold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[1];
+    } else {
+      $optargold="";
+    }
+
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}) ) {
+      $argold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[2];
+    } else {
+      $argold="";
+    }
+    $argnew=$newhash{$cmd}->[2];
+    $argdiff="{" . join("",bodydiff($argold,$argnew)) ."}";
+    if ( length $optargnew ) {
+      $optargdiff="[".join("",bodydiff($optargold,$optargnew))."]" ;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin /\\DIFaddbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFaddend /\\DIFaddendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFadd\{/\\DIFaddFL{/g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin /\\DIFdelbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelend /\\DIFdelendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdel\{/\\DIFdelFL{/g;
+    } else {
+      $optargdiff="";
+    }
+    ### print STDERR "DEBUG s/\\Q$newhash{$cmd}->[0]\\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s\n";
+    # Note: \Q and \E force literal interpretation of what it between them but allow 
+    #      variable interpolation, such that e.g. \title matches just that and not TAB-itle
+    $$newpreambleref=~s/\Q$newhash{$cmd}->[0]\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s;
+    # replace this in old preamble if necessary
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[0])) {
+      $$oldpreambleref=~s/\Q$oldhash{$cmd}->[0]\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s ;
+    }
+    ### print STDERR "DEBUG NEW PRE ".$$newpreambleref."\n";
+  }
+
+  foreach $cmd ( keys %oldhash ) {
+    # if this has already been dealt with above can just skip
+    next if defined($newhash{$cmd}) ;
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+      $optargold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[1];
+      $optargdiff="[".join("",bodydiff($optargold,""))."]" ;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin /\\DIFdelbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelend /\\DIFdelendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdel\{/\\DIFdelFL{/g;
+    } else {
+      $optargdiff="";
+    }
+    $argdiff="{" . join("",bodydiff($argold,"")) ."}";
+    $auxline = "\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff";
+    $auxline =~s/$/$AUXCMD/sg;
+    push @auxlines,$auxline;
+  }
+  # add auxcmd comment to highlight added lines
+  return(@auxlines);
+}
+
+
+
 # @diffs=linediff(\@seq1, \@seq2)
 # mark up lines like this
 #%DIF mm-mmdnn
@@ -2195,7 +2663,7 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
 --subtype=markstyle
 -s markstyle           Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
                        commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin)
-                       Available styles: SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL
+                       Available styles: SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL COLOR
                        [ Default: SAFE ]
 
 --floattype=markstyle
@@ -2311,10 +2779,48 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
    NB For all --show commands, no old.tex or new.tex file needs to be given, and no 
       differencing takes place.
 
+Other configuration options:
+
 --allow-spaces         Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands
                        [Default requires arguments to directly follow each other without 
                                 intervening spaces]
 
+--math-markup=level    Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:
+                      Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+                      off or 0: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+                               appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+                               cause invalid latex code.
+                      whole or 1: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+                               to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+                               mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+                               invalid latex code.
+                      coarse or 2: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+                               granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+                               appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+                               for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+                               being changed. [Default]
+                      fine or 3: Detect small change in equations and mark up and fine granularity.
+                               This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+                               expected, e.g. correction of typos. 
+
+--disable-citation-markup  Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (UNDERLINE, 
+                       FONTSTRIKE, CULINECHBAR)
+--enable-citation-markup   Protect citation commands in changed sections with \\mbox command
+                       [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
+
+Miscelleneous options
+
+--label=label
+-L label               Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+                       of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+                       use of the option sets the label for the new file.
+                       [Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+
+--no-label             Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+
+--visble-label         Include old and new filenames (or labels set with --label option) as 
+                       visible output
+
 --flatten              Replace \\input and \\include commands within body by the content
                        of the files in their argument.  If \\includeonly is present in the
                        preamble, only those files are expanded into the document. However, 
@@ -2322,6 +2828,8 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
                        included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
                        be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
                        respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories.
+                       --flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+                       \\input statements.
 
 --help
 -h                     Show this help text.
@@ -2334,6 +2842,8 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
                        Default is to work silently.
 
 --version              Show version number.
+
+For further information, consult   http://latexdiff.berlios.de
 EOF
 }
 
@@ -2496,7 +3006,7 @@ B<-s markstyle>
 Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
 commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin). This option defines
 C<\DIFaddbegin>, C<\DIFaddend>, C<\DIFdelbegin> and C<\DIFdelend> commands.
-Available styles: C<SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL>
+Available styles: C<SAFE MARGINAL COLOR DVIPSCOL>
 
 [ Default: C<SAFE> ]
 
@@ -2630,7 +3140,7 @@ or table.  These commands behave like text commands, except when
 they occur in a deleted section, when they are disabled, but their
 argument is shown as deleted text.
 
-=item B<--replace-context1cmd=replace-file> 
+=item B<--replace-context2cmd=replace-file> 
 
 =item B<--append-context2cmd=append-file> or
 =item B<--append-context2cmd="cmd1,cmd2,...">
@@ -2685,18 +3195,70 @@ Combine all --show commands.
 NB For all --show commands, no C<old.tex> or C<new.tex> file needs to be specified, and no 
 differencing takes place.
 
+=back
+
+=head2 Other configuration options:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<--allow-spaces>
+
+Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
+that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
+might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
+default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
+directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+
+=item B<--math-markup=level>   
+
+Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:               
+Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+
+C<off> or C<0>: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+cause invalid latex code.
+
+C<whole> or C<1>: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+invalid latex code.
+
+C<coarse> or C<2>: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+being changed. [Default]
+
+C<fine> or C<3>: Detect small change in equations and mark up at fine granularity.
+This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+expected, e.g. correction of typos. 
+
+=item B<--disable-citation-markup>
+
+Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (UNDERLINE, 
+FONTSTRIKE, CULINECHBAR)
+
+=item B<--enable-citation-markup>
+
+Protect citation commands in changed sections with \\mbox command [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
 
 =back
 
 =head2 Miscellaneous
 
 =over 4
-
 =item B<--verbose> or B<-V>
 
 Output various status information to stderr during processing.
 Default is to work silently.
 
+=item B<--driver=type>
+
+Choose driver for changebar package (only relevant for styles using
+   changebar: CCHANGEBAR CFONTCHBAR CULINECHBAR CHANGEBAR). Possible
+drivers are listed in changebar manual, e.g. pdftex,dvips,dvitops
+  [Default: dvips]
+
 =item B<--ignore-warnings>
 
 Suppress warnings about inconsistencies in length between input and
@@ -2706,13 +3268,23 @@ syntax unknown to C<latexdiff> but the resulting difference argument
 is often fully functional anyway, particularly if the non-standard
 latex only occurs in parts of the text which have not changed.
 
-=item B<--allow-spaces>
+=item B<--label=label> or
+B<-L label>
 
-Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
-that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
-might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
-default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
-directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+use of the option sets the label for the new file, i.e. set both
+labels like this C<-L labelold -L labelnew>.
+[Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+
+=item B<--no-label>
+
+Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+
+=item B<--visble-label>
+
+Include old and new filenames (or labels set with --label option) as 
+visible output.
 
 =item B<--flatten>
 
@@ -2723,11 +3295,12 @@ no recursion is done, i.e. C<\input> and C<\include> commands within
 included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
  be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
 respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories. 
+--flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+C<\input> statements.
 
-Use of this option is not recommended
-primarily the processing time for the large documents is prohibitive, and
-the resulting difference document no longer reflects the structure of the 
-input documents. 
+Use of this option might result in prohibitive processing times for
+larger documents, and the resulting difference document
+no longer reflects the structure of the input documents.
 
 =item B<--help> or
 B<-h>
@@ -2740,6 +3313,8 @@ Show version number
 
 =back
 
+
+
 =head2 Predefined styles 
 
 =head2 Major types
@@ -2808,6 +3383,13 @@ Mark beginning and end of changed blocks with symbols in the margin nearby (usin
 the standard C<\marginpar> command - note that this sometimes moves somewhat
 from the intended position.
 
+=item C<COLOR>
+
+An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red.
+(It is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
+although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete, for example 
+with citation commands).
+
 =item C<DVIPSCOL>
 
 An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red. Note
@@ -2901,26 +3483,49 @@ C<|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)>  ]
 
 =back
 
-=head1 BUGS
+=head1 COMMON PROBLEMS
+
+=over 10
 
-UTF-8 support requires a relatively new version of perl (5.8.0 is sufficient 
-but 5.6.2 up would work OK, too).
+=item Citations result in overfull boxes
+
+There is an incompatibility between the C<ulem> package, which C<latexdiff> uses for underlining and striking out in the UNDERLINE style,
+the default style. In order to be able to mark up citations properly, they are placed with an C<\mbox> command in post-processing. As mboxes
+cannot be broken across lines, this procedure frequently results in overfull boxes, possibly obscuring the content as it extends beyond the right margin. If this is a problem, you have two possibilities:
+
+1. Use C<COLOR> or C<DVIPSCOL> subtype markup (option C<-s COLOR>): If this markup is chosen, then changed citations are no longer marked up
+with the wavy line (additions) or struck out (deletions), but are still highlighted in the appropriate color.
+
+2. Choose option C<--disable-citation-markup> which turns off the marking up of citations: deleted citations are no longer shown, and
+added ctations are shown without markup. (This was the default behaviour of latexdiff at versions 0.6 and older)
+
+=item Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors
+
+Try options C<--math-markup=whole>.   If even that fails, you can turn off mark up for equations with C<--math-markup=off>.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 BUGS
 
 Option allow-spaces not implemented entirely consistently. It breaks
 the rules that number and type of white space does not matter, as
 different numbers of inter-argument spaces are treated as significant.
 
-Please send bug reports
-to I<tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff>
+Please submit bug reports on the latexdiff project page I<http://latexdiff.berlios.de>, 
+send them to user discussion list C<latexdiff-users@lists.berlios,de> (prior subscription 
+to list required, also on project webpage)
+or send them to I<tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff>
 (from comments at the top of the source or use B<--version>).  If you come across latex
 files that are error-free and conform to the specifications set out
 above, and whose differencing still does not result in error-free
 latex, please send me those files, ideally edited to only contain the
-offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. 
+offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. If your 
+file relies on non-standard class files, you must include those.  I will not
+look at examples where I have trouble to latex the original files.
 
 =head1 SEE ALSO
 
-L<latexrevise>
+L<latexrevise>, L<latexdiff-vc>
 
 =head1 PORTABILITY
 
@@ -2936,13 +3541,15 @@ I<latexdiff-fast> requires the I<diff> command to be present.
 
 =head1 AUTHOR
 
-Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Frederik Tilmann
+Version 1.0.2
+Copyright (C) 2004-2012 Frederik Tilmann
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 3
 
-Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner
-Thanks to everyone who send in bug reports.
+Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner, 
+T. Connors, Sebastian Gouezel and many others.
+Thanks to the many people who send in bug reports, feature suggestions, and other feedback.
 
 =cut
 
@@ -3197,14 +3804,16 @@ sqrt
 %%END TEXT COMMANDS 
 
 %%BEGIN CONTEXT1 COMMANDS
-% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but who's arguemtn should be printed as plain text
+% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but whose argument should be printed as plain text
 caption
 %%END CONTEXT1 COMMANDS 
 
 %%BEGIN CONTEXT2 COMMANDS
-% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but who's arguemtn should be printed as plain text
+% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but whose argument should be printed as plain text
 title
 author
+date
+institute
 %%END CONTEXT2 COMMANDS 
 
 
@@ -3302,6 +3911,14 @@ author
 \providecommand{\DIFdelend}{\protect\nogroupcolor{black}}
 %DIF END DVIPSCOL PREAMBLE
 
+%DIF COLOR PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbegin}{\protect\color{blue}}
+\providecommand{\DIFaddend}{\protect\color{black}}
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbegin}{\protect\color{red}}
+\providecommand{\DIFdelend}{\protect\color{black}}
+%DIF END COLOR PREAMBLE
+
 
 %% FLOAT TYPES 
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff-vc.pl b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff-vc.pl
index 3e9a3f246de..16b0dea5e7d 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff-vc.pl
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff-vc.pl
@@ -1,41 +1,54 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-# Place the following 2 lines at beginning to make script independent of location of perl
-#eval 'exec perl -w -S $0 ${1+"$@"}'
-#    if 0; # not running under some shell
+#!/usr/bin/env perl 
 #
 # latexdiff-vc  - wrapper script for applying latexdiff to rcs managed files
 #                 and for automatised creation of postscript or pdf from difference file
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2005  F J Tilmann (tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk)
+#   Copyright (C) 2005-12  F J Tilmann (tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de, ftilmann@users.berlios.de)
+#
+# Project webpages:   http://latexdiff.berlios.de/
+# CTAN page:          http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff
+#
 #
 #   Contributors: S Utcke, H Bruyninckx
 #
-#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 as published by
-#    the Free Software Foundation.
+#    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
 #
 #    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 #    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 #    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 #    GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
 #    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+#    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # Detailed usage information at the end of the file
 #
+# version 1.0.2: - option --so to use latexdiff-so
+# version 1.0.1 (change version numbering to match that of latexdiff)
+#   - Option --fast to use latexdiff-fast, 
+#   - git support (thanks to Bjørn Magnus Mathisen, Santi Béjar, Pietro Battiston and Stefan Alfredson for patches) - UNTESTED
 # version 0.25:
 #   - bbl is allowed as alternative extension (instead of .tex)
-#   
+# version 0.26a
+#   - Bug fix: it copes now correctly with the possibility that there are no changes between current
+#         and archived version
 use Getopt::Long ;
 use Pod::Usage qw/pod2usage/ ;
 use File::Temp qw/tempdir/ ;
 use File::Basename qw/dirname/;
 use strict ;
+use warnings ;
+
+my $versionstring=<<EOF ;
+This is LATEXDIFF-VC 1.0.2
+  (c) 2005-2012 F J Tilmann
+EOF
+
 
 # Option names
-my ($version,$help,$postscript,$pdf,$force,$dir,$cvs,$rcs,$svn,$diffcmd,$patchcmd,@revs);
+my ($version,$help,$fast,$so,$postscript,$pdf,$force,$dir,$cvs,$rcs,$svn,$git,$diffcmd,$patchcmd,@revs);
 # Preset Variables
 my $latexdiff="latexdiff"; # Program for making the comparison
 my $vc="";
@@ -44,14 +57,16 @@ my $tempdir=tempdir(CLEANUP => 1);
 my ($file1,$file2,$diff,$diffbase,$answer,$options,$infile,$append,$dirname,$cwd);
 my (@files,@ldoptions,@tmpfiles,@ptmpfiles,@difffiles); # ,
 
-
 Getopt::Long::Configure('pass_through','bundling');
 
 GetOptions('revision|r:s' => \@revs,
            'cvs' => \$cvs,
            'rcs' => \$rcs,
            'svn' => \$svn,
+           'git' => \$git,
            'dir|d:s' => \$dir,
+	   'fast' => \$fast,
+	   'so' => \$so,
            'postscript|ps' => \$postscript,
            'pdf' => \$pdf,
            'force' => \$force,
@@ -63,32 +78,47 @@ if ( $help ) {
 }
 
 if ( $version ) {
-  die "This is LATEXDIFF-VC 0.25\n" ;
+  die $versionstring ; 
+}
+
+if ( $so ) {
+  $latexdiff='latexdiff-so';
+}
+if ( $fast ) { 
+  die "Cannot specify more than one of --fast or --so " if ($so);
+  $latexdiff='latexdiff-fast';
 }
 
 if ( $cvs ) {
   $vc="CVS";
 }
 if ( $rcs ) {
-  die "Cannot specify more than one of --cvs, --rcs or --svn." if ($vc);
+  die "Cannot specify more than one of --cvs, --rcs --svn or --git." if ($vc);
   $vc="RCS";
 }
 if ( $svn ) {
-  die "Cannot specify more than one of --cvs, --rcs or --svn." if ($vc);
+  die "Cannot specify more than one of --cvs, --rcs --svn or --git." if ($vc);
   $vc="SVN";
 }
+if ( $git ) {
+  die "Cannot specify more than one of --cvs, --rcs, --svn or --git." if ($vc);
+  $vc="GIT";
+}
+
 
-# check whether the first file name got misinterpreted as an option to an empty -r option
-if ( @revs && -f $revs[$#revs] ) {
+# check whether the first file name or first passed-through option for latexdiff got misinterpreted as an option to an empty -r option
+if ( @revs && ( -f $revs[$#revs] || $revs[$#revs] =~ /^-/ ) ) {
   unshift @ARGV,$revs[$#revs];
   $revs[$#revs]="";
 }
-# check whether the first file name got misinterpreted as an option to an empty -d option
-if ( defined($dir) && -f $dir ) {
+# check whether the first file name or first passed-through option for latexdiff got misinterpreted as an option to an empty -d option
+if ( defined($dir) && ( -f $dir || $dir =~ /^-/ ) ) {
   unshift @ARGV,$dir;
   $dir="";
 }
 
+#print "DEBUG: latexdiff-vc command line: ", join(" ",@ARGV), "\n"; 
+
 $file2=pop @ARGV;
 ( defined($file2) && $file2 =~ /\.(tex|bbl)$/ ) or pod2usage("Must specify at least one tex or bbl file");
 
@@ -101,6 +131,8 @@ if (! $vc && scalar(@revs)>0 ) {
     $vc="RCS";
   } elsif ( $0 =~ /-svn$/ ) {
     $vc="SVN";
+  } elsif ( $0 =~ /-git$/ ) {
+    $vc="GIT";
   } elsif ( -e "CVSROOT" || defined($ENV{"CVSROOT"}) ) {
     print STDERR "Guess you are using CVS ...\n";
     $vc="CVS";
@@ -110,6 +142,9 @@ if (! $vc && scalar(@revs)>0 ) {
   } elsif ( -d ".svn" ) {
     print STDERR "Guess you are using SVN ...\n";
     $vc="SVN";
+  } elsif ( -d ".git" ) {
+    print STDERR "Guess you are using GIT ...\n";
+    $vc="GIT";
   } else {
     print STDERR "Cannot figure out version control system, so I default to CVS\n";
     $vc="CVS";
@@ -117,7 +152,7 @@ if (! $vc && scalar(@revs)>0 ) {
 }
 
 if (defined($dir) && $dir=~/^\.\/?/ ) {
-  print STDERR "You wrote selected -dir=.  but you do not really like to do that, do you ?\n";
+  print STDERR "You wrote -dir=.  but you do not really like to do that, do you ?\n";
   exit 10
 }
 
@@ -131,6 +166,12 @@ if ( scalar(@revs)>0 ) {
   } elsif ( $vc eq "SVN" ) {
     $diffcmd  = "svn diff -r ";  
     $patchcmd = "patch -R -p0";
+  } elsif ( $vc eq "GIT" ) {
+    $diffcmd  = "git diff -r --relative --no-prefix ";  
+    $patchcmd = "patch -R -p0";
+    # alternatively:
+    # $diffcmd  = "git diff ";
+    # $patchcmd = "patch -R -p1";
   } else {
     print STDERR "Unknown versioning system $vc \n";
     exit 10;
@@ -189,13 +230,22 @@ while ( $infile=$file2=shift @files ) {
     ($file1=$infile) =~ s/\.(tex|bbl)/-oldtmp-$$.$1/ ;
     push @tmpfiles,$file1;
     # compare file with previous version ($revs[0]="") or specified version
-    system("$diffcmd$revs[0] $infile| $patchcmd -o$file1") ;
+    ### system("$diffcmd$revs[0] $infile| $patchcmd -o$file1") ;
+    if (system("$diffcmd$revs[0] $infile | $patchcmd -o$file1")==0  and -z $file1 ) {
+      # no differences detected, i.e. file is equal to current version
+      system("\cp $infile $file1");
+    }
   } elsif ( scalar(@revs) == 2 ) {
     ($file1=$infile) =~ s/\.(tex|bbl)/-oldtmp-$$.$1/ ;
     $file2 =~ s/\.(tex|bbl)/-newtmp-$$.$1/ ;
     push @tmpfiles,$file2;
-    system("$diffcmd$revs[1] $infile | $patchcmd -o$file2")  ;
-    system("$diffcmd$revs[0] $infile | $patchcmd -o$file1")  ;
+      ;
+    if (system("$diffcmd$revs[1] $infile | $patchcmd -o$file2")==0 and -z $file2 ) {
+      system("\cp $infile $file2");
+    }
+    if (system("$diffcmd$revs[0] $infile | $patchcmd -o$file1")==0 and -z $file1 ) {
+	system("\cp $infile $file1");
+    };
   }
 
   if ( -z $file1 || -z $file2) {
@@ -315,7 +365,7 @@ B<latexdiff-vc> [ F<latexdiff-options> ]  [ F<latexdiff-vc-options> ][ B<--posts
 =head1 DESCRIPTION
 
 I<latexdiff-vc> is a wrapper script that applies I<latexdiff> to a
-file, or multiple files under version control (CVS or RCS), and optionally runs the
+file, or multiple files under version control (CVS, RCS or SVN), and optionally runs the
 sequence of C<latex> and C<dvips> or C<pdflatex> commands necessary to
 produce pdf or postscript output of the difference tex file(s). It can
 also be applied to a pair of files to automatise the generation of difference
@@ -325,7 +375,7 @@ file in postscript or pdf format.
 
 =over 4
 
-=item B<--rcs>, B<--svn>, or B<--cvs>
+=item B<--rcs>, B<--svn>, B<--cvs>, or B<--git>
 
 Set the version system. 
 If no version system is specified, latexdiff-vc will venture a guess.
@@ -335,8 +385,8 @@ the respective versioning system. However, this default can still be overridden
 
 =item B<-r>, B<-r> F<rev> or B<--revision>, B<--revision=>F<rev>
 
-Choose revision (under RCS, CVS or SVN). One or two B<-r> options can be
-specified, and the resulting in different behaviour:
+Choose revision (under RCS, CVS, SVN or GIT). One or two B<-r> options can be
+specified, and they result in different behaviour:
 
 =over 4
 
@@ -372,6 +422,10 @@ to the
 original filename, creating the directory and subdirectories should they not exist already.  This is particularly useful in order to clone a
 complete directory hierarchy.  Optionally, a pathname F<path> can be specified, which is prepended instead of C<diff>.
 
+=item B<--fast> or B<--so>
+
+Use C<latexdiff-fast> or C<latexdiff-so>, respectively (instead of C<latexdiff>).
+
 =item B<--ps> or B<--postscript>
 
 Generate postscript output from difference file.  This will run the
@@ -417,13 +471,19 @@ limited to Unix-like systems. It also requires the RCS version control
 system and latex to be installed on the system.  Modules from Perl 5.8
 or higher are required.
 
+=head1 BUG REPORTING
 
+ Please submit bug reports through
+the latexdiff project page I<http://developer.berlios.de/projects/latexdiff/> or send
+to I<tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff-vc>
+(option C<--version>)
+.
 =head1 AUTHOR
 
-Copyright (C) 2005 Frederik Tilmann
+Copyright (C) 2005,2012 Frederik Tilmann
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 3
 Contributors: S Utcke, H Bruyninckx
 
 =cut
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff.pl b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff.pl
index 03c70c3ac4e..865fc4853b1 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff.pl
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexdiff.pl
@@ -1,24 +1,58 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+##!/usr/bin/perl -w
 # latexdiff - differences two latex files on the word level
 #             and produces a latex file with the differences marked up.
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2004-2007  F J Tilmann (tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk)
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-12  F J Tilmann (tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de, ftilmann@users.berlios.de)
 #
-#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 as published by
-#    the Free Software Foundation.
+# Project webpages:   http://latexdiff.berlios.de/
+# CTAN page:          http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff
+#
+#    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
 #
 #    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 #    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 #    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 #    GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
 #    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+#    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # Detailed usage information at the end of the file
 #
+# Version 1.0.1 - treat \big,\bigg etc. equivalently to \left and
+#              \right - include starred version in MATHENV - apply
+#            - flatten recursively and --flatten expansion is now
+#              aware of comments (thanks to Tim Connors for patch) 
+#            - Change to post-processing for more reliability for
+#              deleted math environments
+#            - On linux systems, recognise  and remove DOS style newlines 
+#            - Provide markup for some special preamble commands (\title,
+#              \author,\date, 
+#            - configurable by setting context2cmd 
+#            - for styles using ulem package, remove \emph and \text.. from list of
+#              safe commands in order to allow linebreaks within the
+#              highlighted sections.  
+#            - for ulem style, now show citations by enclosing them in \mbox commands. 
+#              This unfortunately implies linebreaks within citations no longer function, 
+#              so this functionality can be turned off (Option --disable-citation-markup). 
+#              With --enable-citation-markup, the mbox markup is forced for other styles)
+#            - new substyle COLOR.  This is particularly useful for marking up citations
+#              and some special post-processing is implemented to retain cite
+#              commands in deleted blocks.
+#            - four different levels of math-markup
+#            - Option --driver for choosing driver for modes employing changebar package
+#            - accept \\* as valid command (and other commands of form \.*). Also accept
+#              \<nl> (backslashed newline) 
+#            - some typo fixes, include commands defined in preamble as safe commands
+#              (Sebastian Gouezel) 
+#            - include compared filenames as comments as line 2 and 3 of
+#              the preamble (can be modified with option --label, and suppressed with 
+#              --no-label), option --visible-label to show files in generated pdf or dvi
+#              at the beginning of main document
+#
 # Version 0.5  A number of minor improvements based on feedback
 #              Deleted blocks are now shown before added blocks
 #              Package specific processing
@@ -499,14 +533,15 @@ import Algorithm::Diff qw(traverse_sequences);
 
 use Getopt::Long ;
 use strict ;
+use warnings;
 use utf8 ;
 
 my ($algodiffversion)=split(/ /,$Algorithm::Diff::VERSION);
 
 
 my ($versionstring)=<<EOF ;
-This is LATEXDIFF 0.5  (Algorithm::Diff $Algorithm::Diff::VERSION)
-  (c) 2004-2007 F J Tilmann
+This is LATEXDIFF 1.0.2  (Algorithm::Diff $Algorithm::Diff::VERSION, Perl $^V)
+  (c) 2004-2012 F J Tilmann
 EOF
 
 # Configuration variables: these have to be visible from the subroutines
@@ -514,16 +549,20 @@ my $MINWORDSBLOCK=3; # minimum number of tokens to form an independent block
                      # shorter identical blocks will be merged to the previous word
 my $FLOATENV='(?:figure|table|plate)[\w\d*@]*' ;   # Environments in which FL variants of defined commands are used
 my $PICTUREENV='(?:picture|DIFnomarkup)[\w\d*@]*' ;   # Environments in which all change markup is removed
-my $MATHENV='(?:equation|displaymath|DOLLARDOLLAR)' ;           # Environments turning on display math mode (code also knows about \[ and \]
+my $MATHENV='(?:equation[*]?|displaymath|DOLLARDOLLAR)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on display math mode (code also knows about \[ and \])
 my $MATHREPL='displaymath';  # Environment introducing deleted maths blocks
-my $MATHARRENV='(?:eqnarray|align|gather|multiline|flalign)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on eqnarray math mode
+my $MATHARRENV='(?:eqnarray|align|alignat|gather|multline|flalign)[*]?' ;           # Environments turning on eqnarray math mode
 my $MATHARRREPL='eqnarray*';  # Environment introducing deleted maths blocks
-my $ARRENV='(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)'; # Enviroments making arrays in math mode.  The underlining style does not cope well with those - as a result in-text math environments are surrounded by \mbox{ } if any of these commands is used in an inline math block
-my $COUNTERCMD='(?:footnote|part|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)';  # textcmds which are associated with a counter
+my $ARRENV='(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)'; # Environments making arrays in math mode.  The underlining style does not cope well with those - as a result in-text math environments are surrounded by \mbox{ } if any of these commands is used in an inline math block
+my $COUNTERCMD='(?:footnote|part|chapter|section|subsection|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)';  # textcmds which are associated with a counter
                                         # If any of these commands occur in a deleted block
                                         # they will be succeeded by an \addtocounter{...}{-1}
                                         # for the associated counter such that the overall numbers
                                         # should be the same as in the new file
+my $CITECMD=0 ;  # \cite-type commands which need to be protected within an mbox in UNDERLINE and other modes using ulem; pattern simply designed to never match; will be overwritten later for selected styles
+my $CITE2CMD=0;  # \cite-type commands which should be reinstated in deleted blocks
+
+
 
 # Markup strings
 # If at all possible, do not change these as parts of the program
@@ -554,13 +593,19 @@ my @CONTEXT1CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text argum
                          # In deleted passages, the command will be disabled but its argument is marked up
                          # Otherwise they behave exactly like TEXTCMD's 
 my @CONTEXT1CMDEXCL=();  # exclude list for above, but always empty
-my @CONTEXT2CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text arguments, but which fail cause confusion
+my @CONTEXT2CMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of commands with text arguments, but which fail or cause confusion
                          # if used out of context (e.g. \title). They and their arguments will be disabled in deleted
                          # passages
 my @CONTEXT2CMDEXCL=();  # exclude list for above, but always empty
+my @MATHTEXTCMDLIST=();  # treat like textcmd.  If a textcmd is in deleted or added block, just wrap the
+                         # whole content with \DIFadd or \DIFdel irrespective of content.  This functionality 
+                         # is useful for pseudo commands \MATHBLOCK.. into which math environments are being
+                         # transformed 
+my @MATHTEXTCMDEXCL=();  # 
 
-my @SAFECMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of safe commands (which do not break when in the argument of DIFadd or DIFDEL)
-my @SAFECMDEXCL=();
+# Note I need to declare this with "our" instead of "my" because later in the code I have to "local"ise these  
+our @SAFECMDLIST=();  # array containing patterns of safe commands (which do not break when in the argument of DIFadd or DIFDEL)
+our @SAFECMDEXCL=();
 
 my ($i,$j,$l);
 my ($old,$new);
@@ -572,14 +617,25 @@ my ($oldbody, $newbody, $diffbo);
 my ($oldpost, $newpost);
 my ($diffall);
 # Option names
-my ($type,$subtype,$floattype,$config,$preamblefile,$encoding,
+my ($type,$subtype,$floattype,$config,$preamblefile,$encoding,$nolabel,$visiblelabel,
     $showpreamble,$showsafe,$showtext,$showconfig,$showall,
     $replacesafe,$appendsafe,$excludesafe,
     $replacetext,$appendtext,$excludetext,
     $replacecontext1,$appendcontext1,
     $replacecontext2,$appendcontext2,
-    $help,$verbose,$version,$ignorewarnings,$allowspaces,$flatten,$debug);
-my (@configlist,
+    $help,$verbose,$driver,$version,$ignorewarnings,
+    $enablecitmark,$disablecitmark,$allowspaces,$flatten,$debug);  ###$disablemathmark,
+# MNEMNONICS for mathmarkup
+my $mathmarkup;
+use constant {
+  OFF => 0,
+  WHOLE => 1,
+  COARSE => 2,
+  FINE => 3
+};
+
+
+my (@configlist,@labels,
     @appendsafelist,@excludesafelist,
     @appendtextlist,@excludetextlist,
     @appendcontext1list,@appendcontext2list,
@@ -592,9 +648,11 @@ my ($pkg,%packages);
 $type='UNDERLINE';
 $subtype='SAFE';
 $floattype='FLOATSAFE';
+$mathmarkup=COARSE;
 
 $verbose=0;
-$debug=1; 
+# output debug and intermediate files, set to 0 in final distribution
+$debug=0; 
 # define character properties
 sub IsNonAsciiPunct { return <<'END'    # Unicode punctuation but excluding ASCII punctuation
 +utf8::IsPunct
@@ -608,8 +666,7 @@ END
 }
 
 
-
-  my %verbhash;
+my %verbhash;
 
 Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
 GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type, 
@@ -618,6 +675,9 @@ GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type,
 	   'config|c=s' => \@configlist,
 	   'preamble|p=s' => \$preamblefile,
 	   'encoding|e=s' => \$encoding,
+	   'label|L=s' => \@labels,
+	   'no-label' => \$nolabel,
+	   'visible-label' => \$visiblelabel,
 	   'exclude-safecmd|A=s' => \@excludesafelist,
 	   'replace-safecmd=s' => \$replacesafe,
 	   'append-safecmd|a=s' => \@appendsafelist,
@@ -634,9 +694,13 @@ GetOptions('type|t=s' => \$type,
 	   'show-config' => \$showconfig,
 	   'show-all' => \$showall,
            'packages=s' => \@packagelist,
+	   'allow-spaces' => \$allowspaces,
+           'math-markup=s' => \$mathmarkup,
+           'enable-citation-markup' => \$enablecitmark,
+           'disable-citation-markup' => \$disablecitmark,
 	   'verbose|V' => \$verbose,
 	   'ignore-warnings' => \$ignorewarnings,
-	   'allow-spaces' => \$allowspaces,
+	   'driver=s'=> \$driver,
 	   'flatten' => \$flatten,
 	   'version' => \$version,
 	   'help|h|H' => \$help);
@@ -656,6 +720,22 @@ if (defined($showall)){
   $showpreamble=$showsafe=$showtext=$showconfig=1;
 }
 
+if (defined($mathmarkup)) {
+  $mathmarkup=~tr/a-z/A-Z/;
+  if ( $mathmarkup eq 'OFF' ){
+    $mathmarkup=OFF;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'WHOLE' ){ 
+    $mathmarkup=WHOLE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'COARSE' ){
+    $mathmarkup=COARSE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup eq 'FINE' ){
+    $mathmarkup=FINE;
+  } elsif ( $mathmarkup !~ m/^[0123]$/ ) {
+    die "Illegal value: ($mathmarkup)  for option--math-markup. Possible values: OFF,WHOLE,COARSE,FINE,0- ";
+  }
+  # else use numerical value
+}
+
 # setting extra preamble commands
 if (defined($preamblefile)) {
   $latexdiffpreamble=join "\n",(extrapream($preamblefile),"");
@@ -663,6 +743,10 @@ if (defined($preamblefile)) {
   $latexdiffpreamble=join "\n",(extrapream($type,$subtype,$floattype),"");
 }
 
+if ( defined($driver) ) {
+  # for changebar only
+  $latexdiffpreamble=~s/\[dvips\]/[$driver]/sg;
+}
 # setting up @SAFECMDLIST and @SAFECMDEXCL
 if (defined($replacesafe)) {
   init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST,$replacesafe);
@@ -679,9 +763,25 @@ foreach $excludesafe ( @excludesafelist ) {
 # Special: treat all cite commands as safe except in UNDERLINE and FONTSTRIKE mode
 # (there is a conflict between citation and ulem package, see
 # package documentation)
+# Use post-processing
+
 if ( uc($type) ne "UNDERLINE" && uc($type) ne "FONTSTRIKE" && uc($type) ne "CULINECHBAR" ) {
   push (@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^cite.*$/);
+} else {
+  ### Experimental: disable text and emph commands
+  push (@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^cite.*$/) unless $disablecitmark;
+  push(@SAFECMDEXCL, qr/^emph$/, qr/^text..$/);
+  # replace \cite{..} by \mbox{\cite{..}} in added or deleted blocks in post-processing
+  if ( uc($subtype) eq "COLOR" or uc($subtype) eq "DVIPSCOL" ) {
+    # remove \cite command again from list of safe commands
+    pop @SAFECMDLIST;
+    # deleted cite commands
+    $CITE2CMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' unless $disablecitmark ; # \cite-type commands which should be reinstated in deleted blocks
+  } else {
+    $CITECMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' unless $disablecitmark ; # \cite commands which need to be protected within an mbox in UNDERLINE and other modes using ulem
+  }
 }
+$CITECMD='(?:cite\w*|nocite)' if $enablecitmark ; # as above for explicit selection
 
 # setting up @TEXTCMDLIST and @TEXTCMDEXCL
 if (defined($replacetext)) {
@@ -718,9 +818,6 @@ foreach $appendcontext2 ( @appendcontext2list ) {
   init_regex_arr_ext(\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, $appendcontext2);
 }
 
-
-
-
 # setting configuration variables
 @config=();
 foreach $config ( @configlist ) {
@@ -754,6 +851,11 @@ foreach $assign ( @config ) {
   else { die "Unknown variable $1 in assignment.";}
 }
 
+if ( $mathmarkup == COARSE || $mathmarkup == WHOLE ) {
+  push(@MATHTEXTCMDLIST,qr/^MATHBLOCK(?:$MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)$/);
+}
+
+
 
 foreach $pkg ( @packagelist ) {
   map { $packages{$_}="" } split(/,/,$pkg) ;
@@ -776,12 +878,13 @@ if ($showtext) {
   print_regex_arr(@TEXTCMDLIST);
   print "\nContext1 commands (last argument textual, command will be disabled in deleted passages, last argument will be shown as plain text):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@CONTEXT1CMDLIST);
-  print "\nContext2 commands (last argument textual, command ant its argument will be disabled in deleted passages):\n";
+  print "\nContext2 commands (last argument textual, command and its argument will be disabled in deleted passages):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@CONTEXT2CMDLIST);  
   print "\nExclude list of Commands with last argument not textual (overrides patterns above):\n";
   print_regex_arr(@TEXTCMDEXCL);
 }
 
+
 if ($showconfig) {
   print "Configuration variables:\n";
   print "MINWORDSBLOCK=$MINWORDSBLOCK\n";
@@ -813,14 +916,21 @@ if ($allowspaces) {
 push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT1CMDLIST;
 push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT2CMDLIST;
 
+push @TEXTCMDLIST, @MATHTEXTCMDLIST if $mathmarkup==COARSE;
+
+# internal additions to SAFECMDLIST
+push(@SAFECMDLIST, qr/^QLEFTBRACE$/, qr/^QRIGHTBRACE$/);
+
 
 # Patterns. These are used by some of the subroutines, too
 # I can only define them down here because value of extraspace depends on an option
-  my $pat0 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\})*';
-  my $pat1 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat0.'\})*';
-  my $pat2 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat1.'\})*'; # 
-  my $pat3 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat2.'\})*';
-  my $pat4 = '(?:[^{}]|\\\{|\\\}|\{'.$pat3.'\})*';
+  my $pat0 = '(?:[^{}])*';
+  my $pat1 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat0.'\})*';
+  my $pat2 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat1.'\})*';
+  my $pat3 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat2.'\})*';
+  my $pat4 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat3.'\})*';
+  my $pat5 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat4.'\})*';
+  my $pat6 = '(?:[^{}]|\{'.$pat5.'\})*';
   my $brat0 = '(?:[^\[\]]|\\\[|\\\])*'; 
 
   my $quotemarks = '(?:\'\')|(?:\`\`)';
@@ -831,19 +941,44 @@ push @TEXTCMDLIST, @CONTEXT2CMDLIST;
   my $coords= '[\-.,\s\d]*';
 # word: sequence of letters or accents followed by letter
   my $word='(?:[-\w\d*]|\\\\[\"\'\`~^][A-Za-z\*])+';
-  my $cmdleftright='\\\\(?:left|right)\s*(?:[()\[\]|]|\\\\(?:[|{}]|\w+))';
+  my $cmdleftright='\\\\(?:left|right|[Bb]igg?[lrm]?|middle)\s*(?:[()\[\]|]|\\\\(?:[|{}]|\w+))';
 
-  my $cmdoptseq='\\\\[\w\d\*]+'.$extraspace.'(?:(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat4 . '\}|\(' . $coords .'\))'.$extraspace.')*';
-  my $oneletcmd='\\\\.(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat4 . '\})*';
+  my $cmdoptseq='\\\\[\w\d\*]+'.$extraspace.'(?:(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat6 . '\}|\(' . $coords .'\))'.$extraspace.')*';
+  my $backslashnl='\\\\\n';
+  my $oneletcmd='\\\\.\*?(?:\['.$brat0.'\]|\{'. $pat6 . '\})*';
   my $math='\$(?:[^$]|\\\$)*?\$|\\\\[(].*?\\\\[)]';
-#  my $math='\$(?:[^$]|\\\$)*\$';
+## the current maths command cannot cope with newline within the math expression
+
   my $comment='%.*?\n';
-  my $pat=qr/(?:\A\s*)?(?:${and}|${quotemarks}|${number}|${word}|$cmdleftright|${cmdoptseq}|${math}|${oneletcmd}|${comment}|${punct}|${mathpunct}|\{|\})\s*/ ;
+  my $pat=qr/(?:\A\s*)?(?:${and}|${quotemarks}|${number}|${word}|$cmdleftright|${cmdoptseq}|${math}|${backslashnl}|${oneletcmd}|${comment}|${punct}|${mathpunct}|\{|\})\s*/ ;
 
 
 
 # now we are done setting up and can start working   
 my ($oldfile, $newfile) = @ARGV;
+# check for existence of input files
+if ( ! -e $oldfile ) {
+  die "Input file $oldfile does not exist.";
+}
+if ( ! -e $newfile ) {
+  die "Input file $newfile does not exist.";
+}
+
+
+# set the labels to be included into the file
+my ($oldtime,$newtime,$oldlabel,$newlabel);
+if (defined($labels[0])) {
+  $oldlabel=$labels[0] ;
+} else {
+  $oldtime=localtime((stat($oldfile))[9]); 
+  $oldlabel="$oldfile   " . " "x(length($newfile)-length($oldfile)) . $oldtime;
+}
+if (defined($labels[1])) {
+  $newlabel=$labels[1] ;
+} else {
+  $newtime=localtime((stat($newfile))[9]);
+  $newlabel="$newfile   " . " "x(length($oldfile)-length($newfile)) . $newtime;
+}
 
 $encoding=guess_encoding($newfile) unless defined($encoding);
 
@@ -872,10 +1007,19 @@ if ($flatten) {
   $newbody=flatten($newbody,$newpreamble,$newfile,$encoding);
 }
 
+my @auxlines;
 if ( length $oldpreamble && length $newpreamble ) {
+  # pre-process preamble by looking for commands used in \maketitle (title, author, date etc commands) 
+  # and marking up content with latexdiff markup
+  @auxlines=preprocess_preamble($oldpreamble,$newpreamble);
+
   @oldpreamble = split /\n/, $oldpreamble;
   @newpreamble = split /\n/, $newpreamble;
-  
+
+  # If a command is defined in the preamble of the new file, and only uses safe commands, then it can be considered to be safe) (contribution S. Gouezel)
+  # Base this assessment on the new preamble
+  add_safe_commands($newpreamble);
+
   %packages=list_packages(@newpreamble) unless %packages;
   if (defined $packages{"hyperref"} ) {
     print STDERR "hyperref package detected.\n" if $verbose ;
@@ -883,13 +1027,23 @@ if ( length $oldpreamble && length $newpreamble ) {
     $latexdiffpreamble =~ s/\{\\DIFdel\}/{\\DIFdeltex}/g;
     $latexdiffpreamble .= join "\n",(extrapream("HYPERREF"),"");
   }
+  print STDERR "Differencing preamble.\n" if $verbose;
+
   # insert dummy first line such that line count begins with line 1 (rather than perl's line 0) - just so that line numbers inserted by linediff are correct
   unshift @newpreamble,'';
   unshift @oldpreamble,'';
-  print STDERR "Differencing preamble.\n" if $verbose;
   @diffpreamble = linediff(\@oldpreamble, \@newpreamble);
   # remove dummy line again
   shift @diffpreamble; 
+  # add filenames, modification time and latexdiff mark
+  defined($nolabel) or splice @diffpreamble,1,0,
+      "%DIF LATEXDIFF DIFFERENCE FILE",
+      ,"%DIF DEL $oldlabel",
+      "%DIF ADD $newlabel";
+  if ( @auxlines ) {
+    push @diffpreamble,"%DIF DELETED TITLE COMMANDS FOR MARKUP";
+    push @diffpreamble,join("\n",@auxlines);
+  }
   push @diffpreamble,$latexdiffpreamble;
   push @diffpreamble,'\begin{document}';
 }
@@ -900,7 +1054,7 @@ elsif ( !length $oldpreamble && !length $newpreamble ) {
   exit(2);
 }
 
-if (defined $packages{"amsmath"} ) {
+if (defined $packages{"amsmath"}  or defined $packages{"amsart"} or defined $packages{"amsbook"} ) {
   print STDERR "amsmath package detected.\n" if $verbose ;
   $MATHARRREPL='align*';
 }
@@ -912,9 +1066,22 @@ my ($oldleadin,$newleadin)=preprocess($oldbody,$newbody);
 # run difference algorithm
 @diffbody=bodydiff($oldbody, $newbody);
 $diffbo=join("",@diffbody);
+if ( $debug ) {
+    open(RAWDIFF,">","latexdiff.debug.bodydiff");
+    print RAWDIFF $diffbo;
+    close(RAWDIFF);
+}
 print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Postprocessing body. \n " if $verbose;
 postprocess($diffbo);
 $diffall =join("\n",@diffpreamble) ;
+# add visible labels
+if (defined($visiblelabel)) {
+  # Give information right after \begin{document} (or at the beginning of the text for files without preamble
+  ### if \date command is used, add information to \date argument, otherwise give right after \begin{document}
+  ###  $diffall=~s/(\\date$extraspace(?:\[$brat0\])?$extraspace)\{($pat6)\}/$1\{$2 \\ LATEXDIFF comparison \\ Old: $oldlabel \\ New: $newlabel \}/  or
+  $diffbo = "\\begin{verbatim}LATEXDIFF comparison\nOld: $oldlabel\nNew: $newlabel\\end{verbatim}\n$diffbo"   ;
+}
+
 $diffall .= "$newleadin$diffbo" ;
 $diffall .= "\\end{document}$newpost" if length $newpreamble ;
 if ( lc($encoding) ne "utf8" && lc($encoding) ne "ascii" ) {
@@ -971,6 +1138,9 @@ sub read_file_with_encoding {
     $output=Encode::decode($encoding,$output);
   }
   close FILE;
+  if ($^O eq "linux" ) {
+    $output =~ s/\r\n/\n/g ;
+  }
   return $output;
 }
 
@@ -995,13 +1165,66 @@ sub list_packages {
   return (%packages);
 }
 
+# Subroutine add_safe_commands modified from version provided by S. Gouezel
+# add_safe_commands($preamble)
+# scans the argument for \newcommand and \DeclareMathOperator,
+# and adds the created commands which are clearly safe to @SAFECMDLIST
+sub add_safe_commands {
+  my ($preamble)=@_;
+  my $added_command = 1;
+
+  $preamble=~s/(?<!\\)%.*$//mg ;
+
+  while ($added_command) { 
+    $added_command  = 0;
+      # get rid of comments
+    my $to_test = "";
+      # test for \DeclareMathOperator{\foo}{myoperator}
+    while ( $preamble =~ m/\DeclareMathOperator\s*\{\\(\w*?)\}/s) {
+      $to_test=$1;
+      if ($to_test ne "" and not iscmd($to_test,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) and not iscmd($to_test, \@SAFECMDEXCL, []))  {
+        # one should add $to_test to the list of safe commands.
+        init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST, $to_test);
+        $added_command = 1;
+        print STDERR "Adding $to_test to the list of safe commands\n" if $verbose;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while ( $preamble =~ m/\\(?:|re|provide)newcommand\s*{\\(\w*)\}(?:|\[\d*\])\s*\{(${pat6})\}/osg ) {
+      my $maybe_to_test  = $1;
+      my $should_be_safe = $2;
+      my $success = 0;
+      # test if all latex commands inside it are safe
+      $success = 1;
+      if ($should_be_safe =~ m/\\\\/) {
+	$success = 0;
+      } else {
+	while ($should_be_safe =~ m/\\(\w+)/g) {
+	  $success = 0 unless iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL); ### or $1 eq "";
+	}
+      }
+      ###      }
+      $to_test = $maybe_to_test if $success;
+      
+      if ($to_test ne "" and not iscmd($to_test,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) and not iscmd($to_test, \@SAFECMDEXCL, []))  {
+#        # one should add $to_test to the list of safe commands.
+        init_regex_arr_ext(\@SAFECMDLIST, $to_test);
+        $added_command = 1;
+        print STDERR "Adding $to_test to the list of safe commands\n" if $verbose;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
 # flatten($text,$preamble,$filename,$encoding)
 # expands \input and \include commands within text
-# premable is scanned for includeonly commands
+# preamble is scanned for includeonly commands
 # encoding is the encoding
 sub flatten {
   my ($text,$preamble,$filename,$encoding)=@_;
-  my ($includeonly,$dirname,$fname,$newpage,$replacement);
+  my ($includeonly,$dirname,$fname,$newpage,$replacement,$begline);
   require File::Basename ; 
   require File::Spec ; 
   $dirname = File::Basename::dirname($filename);
@@ -1012,21 +1235,24 @@ sub flatten {
     $includeonly = '.*?';
   }
 
-  print STDERR "DEBUG: includeonly $includeonly\n";
+  print STDERR "DEBUG: includeonly $includeonly\n" if $debug;
 
-  $text=~s/\\input{(.*?)}|\\include{(${includeonly}(?:\.tex)?)}/{ 
-	    $fname = $1 if defined($1)  ;
-	    $fname = $2 if defined($2) ;       
+  $text=~s/(^(?:[^%\n]|\\%)*)\\input{(.*?)}|\\include{(${includeonly}(?:\.tex)?)}/{ 
+	    $fname = $2 if defined($2) ;
+	    $fname = $3 if defined($3) ;       
             #      # add tex extension unless there is a three letter extension already 
             $fname .= ".tex" unless $fname =~ m|\.\w{3}|;
+            print STDERR "DEBUG Beg of line match |$1|\n" if defined($1) && $debug ;
             print STDERR "Include file $fname\n" if $verbose;
-            print STDERR "DEBUG looking for file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), "\n";
-            # content of file becomes replacement value, add \newpage if the command was include
-            $replacement=read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding) or die
-                "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
-	    $newpage=(defined($2)? " \\newpage " : "") ;
-	    "$newpage$replacement$newpage";
-          }/exg;
+            print STDERR "DEBUG looking for file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), "\n" if $debug;
+            # content of file becomes replacement value (use recursion), add \newpage if the command was include
+            ###$replacement=read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding) or die "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
+	    $replacement=flatten(read_file_with_encoding(File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname), $encoding), $preamble,$filename,$encoding) or die "Couldn't find file ",File::Spec->catfile($dirname,$fname),": $!";
+	    # \include always starts a new page; use explicit \newpage command to simulate this
+	    $begline=(defined($1)? $1 : "") ;
+	    $newpage=(defined($3)? " \\newpage " : "") ;
+	    "$begline$newpage$replacement$newpage";
+          }/exgm;
 
   return($text);
 }
@@ -1133,13 +1359,29 @@ sub bodydiff {
   my @oldwords = splitlatex($oldwords);
   print STDERR "Parsing $newfile \n" if $verbose;
   my @newwords = splitlatex($newwords);
-  my $token;
+
+  if ( $debug ) {
+    open(TOKENOLD,">","latexdiff.debug.tokenold");
+    print TOKENOLD join("***\n",@oldwords);
+    close(TOKENOLD);
+    open(TOKENNEW,">","latexdiff.debug.tokennew");
+    print TOKENNEW join("***\n",@newwords);
+    close(TOKENNEW);
+  }
 
   print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Pass 1: Expanding text commands and merging isolated identities with changed blocks  " if $verbose;
   pass1(\@oldwords, \@newwords);
 
 
   print STDERR "(",exetime()," s)\n","Pass 2: inserting DIF tokens and mark up.  " if $verbose;
+  if ( $debug ) {
+    open(TOKENOLD,">","latexdiff.debug.tokenold2.tex");
+    print TOKENOLD join("***\n",@oldwords);
+    close(TOKENOLD);
+    open(TOKENNEW,">","latexdiff.debug.tokennew2.tex");
+    print TOKENNEW join("***\n",@newwords);
+    close(TOKENNEW);
+  }
 
   @retwords=pass2(\@oldwords, \@newwords);
 
@@ -1156,6 +1398,9 @@ sub bodydiff {
 # a latex command
 sub splitlatex {
   my ($string) = @_ ;
+  # if input is empty, return empty list
+  length($string)>0 or return ();
+
   my @retval=($string =~ m/$pat/osg);  
 
   if (length($string) != length(join("",@retval))) {
@@ -1241,7 +1486,7 @@ sub pass1 {
 #			print STDERR "Unchanged block $cnt, $last1,$last2 \n";
                         if ($cnt < $MINWORDSBLOCK 
 			    && $cnt==scalar (
-				     grep { /^$wpat/ || ( /^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat4\})*)/o 
+				     grep { /^$wpat/ || ( /^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat6\})*)/o 
 							   && iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) 
 							   && scalar(@dummy=split(" ",$2))<3 ) }
 					     @$block) )  {
@@ -1373,7 +1618,7 @@ sub extracttextblocks {
   for ($i=0;$i< scalar @$block;$i++) {
     ($token,$index)=@{ $block->[$i] };
     # store pure text blocks
-    if ($token =~ /$wpat/ ||  ( $token =~/^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*)/o 
+    if ($token =~ /$wpat/ ||  ( $token =~/^\\([\w\d\*]+)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*)/o 
 				&& iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL) 
 				&& !iscmd($1,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL))) {
       # we have text or a command which can be treated as text
@@ -1427,7 +1672,7 @@ sub extractcommands {
     # $2: \cmd
     # $3: last argument
     # $4: }  + trailing spaces
-    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
+    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
 	 && iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL) ) {
       #      push(@$retval,[ $2,$index,$1,$3,$4 ]);
       ($cmd,$open,$mid,$closing) = ($2,$1,$3,$4) ;
@@ -1521,7 +1766,7 @@ sub pass2 {
 # braces, ampersands, or comments
 # mark comments with $comment
 # exclude all other exceptions from scope of open, close like this
-# ($openmark, $open,...,$close, $opencomd,command, command,$closecmd, $open, ..., $close, $closemark)
+# ($openmark, $open,...,$close, $opencmd,command, command,$closecmd, $open, ..., $close, $closemark)
 # If $opencmd begins with "%" marktags assumes it is operating on a deleted block, otherwise on an added block
 sub marktags {
   my ($openmark,$closemark,$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,$block)=@_;
@@ -1553,21 +1798,30 @@ sub marktags {
       $noncomment=1;
     }
     # negative lookahead pattern (?!) in second clause is put in to avoid mathcing \( .. \) patterns
-    if ( $word =~ /^[&{}\[\]]/ || ( $word =~ /^\\(?!\()([\w*@]*)/ && !iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL)) ) {
+    # also note that second pattern will match \\
+    # Note: the second pattern should really be $word =~ /^\\(?!\()(\\|[\w*@]+)/, ie * replaced by +
+    # and then all commands \" \' etc declared safe. But as I don't have a complete list of one letter 
+    # commands, and nobody has complained so far, I will eave this as is
+    if ( $word =~ /^[&{}\[\]]/ || ( $word =~ /^\\(?!\()(\\|[\w*@]*)/ &&  !iscmd($1,\@SAFECMDLIST,\@SAFECMDEXCL)) ) {
       # word is a command or other significant token (not in SAFECMDLIST)
 	## same conditions as in subroutine extractcommand:
 	# check if token is an alphanumeric command sequence with at least one non-optional argument
 	# \cmd[...]{...}{last argument}  
 	# Capturing in the following results in these associations
 	# $1: \cmd[...]{...}{
-	# $2: \cmd
+	# $2: cmd
 	# $3: last argument
 	# $4: }  + trailing spaces
-	### pre-0.3    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat4\})*\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
-      if ( ( $word =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat4)(\}\s*)$/so )
-	   && iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL)  && ( !$cmdcomment || !iscmd($2,\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, \@CONTEXT2CMDEXCL) )  ) {	 
-	# word is a text command - we mark up the interior of the word. But if we are in a deleted block ($cmdcomment=1) and
-        # $2 (the command) is in context2, just treat it as an ordinary command (i.e. comment it open with $opencmd)
+	### pre-0.3    if ( ( $token =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:\[$brat0\]|\{$pat6\})*\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
+      if ( ( $word =~ m/^(\\([\w\d\*]+)(?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*${extraspace}\{)($pat6)(\}\s*)$/so )
+	   && (iscmd($2,\@TEXTCMDLIST,\@TEXTCMDEXCL)|| iscmd($2,\@MATHTEXTCMDLIST,\@MATHTEXTCMDEXCL))
+           && ( !$cmdcomment || !iscmd($2,\@CONTEXT2CMDLIST, \@CONTEXT2CMDEXCL) )  ) {
+	# Condition 1: word is a command? - if yes, $1,$2,.. will be set as above
+        # Condition 2: word is a text command - we mark up the interior of the word. There is a separate check for MATHTEXTCMDLIST
+        #              because for $mathmarkup=WHOLE, the commands should not be split in pass1 (ie. math mode commands are not in
+        #              TEXTCMDLIST, but the interior of MATHTEXT commands should be highlighted in both deleted and added blocks
+        # Condition 3: But if we are in a deleted block ($cmdcomment=1) and
+        #            $2 (the command) is in context2, just treat it as an ordinary command (i.e. comment it open with $opencmd)
         # Because we do not want to disable this command
 	# here we do not use $opencmd and $closecmd($opencmd is empty) 
 	if ($cmd==1) {
@@ -1587,7 +1841,15 @@ sub marktags {
           # to suppress linebreak after opening parentheses, which is important
           # for latexrevise
           push (@$retval,$command,"%\n{$AUXCMD\n",marktags("","",$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,\@argtext),$closingbracket);
-	} else {
+        } elsif ( iscmd($commandword,,\@MATHTEXTCMDLIST, \@MATHTEXTCMDEXCL) ) {
+	  # MATHBLOCK pseudo command: consider all commands safe, except & and \\	
+	  # Keep these commands even in deleted blocks, hence set $opencmd and $closecmd (5th and 6th argument of marktags) to 
+	  # ""
+	  local @SAFECMDLIST=(".*"); 
+	  local @SAFECMDEXCL=('\\','\\\\');
+	  push(@$retval,$command,marktags("","",$open,$close,"","",$comment,\@argtext)#@argtext
+                       ,$closingbracket);
+        } else {
 	  # normal textcmd or context1cmd in an added block
 	  push (@$retval,$command,marktags("","",$open,$close,$opencmd,$closecmd,$comment,\@argtext),$closingbracket);  
 	}
@@ -1619,6 +1881,9 @@ sub marktags {
 # preprocess($string, ..)
 # carry out the following pre-processing steps for all arguments:
 # 1. Remove leading white-space
+#    Change \{ to \LEFTBRACE and \} to \RIGHTBRACE
+# #. change begin and end commands  within comments to BEGINDIF, ENDDIF
+#    so they don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
 # 2. mark all first empty line (in block of several) with \PAR tokens
 # 3. Convert all '\%' into '\PERCENTAGE ' to make parsing regular expressions easier
 # 4. Convert all \verb|some verbatim text| commands (where | can be an arbitrary character)
@@ -1628,8 +1893,11 @@ sub marktags {
 # 7. Convert ^n into \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} and ^{nnn} into \SUPERSCRIPT{nn}
 # 8. a. Convert $$ $$ into \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR}
 #    b. Convert \[ \] into \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET}
+# 9. Convert all picture environmentent (\begin{PICTUREENV} .. \end{PICTUREENV} \PICTUREBLOCKenv
+#     For --block-math-markup option -convert all \begin{MATH} .. \end{MATH}
+#    into \MATHBLOCKmath{...} commands, where MATH/math is any valid math environment
 
-# 9. Add final token STOP to the very end.  This is put in because the algorithm works better if the last token is identical.  This is removed again in postprocessing.
+# 10. Add final token STOP to the very end.  This is put in because the algorithm works better if the last token is identical.  This is removed again in postprocessing.
 #
 # NB: step 6 and 7 is likely to  convert some "_" inappropriately, e.g. in file
 #     names or labels but it does not matter because they are converted back in the postprocessing step
@@ -1639,21 +1907,39 @@ sub preprocess {
   for (@_) { 
     s/^(\s*)//s;
     push(@leadin,$1);
+    #    Change \{ to \QLEFTBRACE and \} to \QRIGHTBRACE
+    s/(?<!\\)\\{/\\QLEFTBRACE /sg;
+    s/(?<!\\)\\}/\\QRIGHTBRACE /sg;
+    # change begin and end commands  within comments such that they
+    # don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
+    # this substitution is insufficient but that appears unlikely)
+    s/(%.*)\\begin\{(.*)$/$1\\BEGINDIF\{$2/mg ;
+    s/(%.*)\\end\{(.*)$/$1\\ENDDIF\{$2/mg ;
+
     s/\n(\s*?)\n((?:\s*\n)*)/\n$1\\PAR\n$2/g ;
     s/(?<!\\)\\%/\\PERCENTAGE /g ;  # (?<! is negative lookbehind assertion to prevent \\% from being converted
     s/(\\verb\*?)(\S)(.*?)\2/"${1}{". tohash(\%verbhash,"${2}${3}${2}") ."}"/esg;
     s/\\begin\{(verbatim\*?)\}(.*?)\\end\{\1\}/"\\${1}{". tohash(\%verbhash,"${2}") . "}"/esg;
     # Convert _n or _\cmd into \SUBSCRIPTNB{n} or \SUBSCRIPTNB{\cmd} and _{nnn} into \SUBSCRIPT{nn}
-    s/_([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
-    s/_{($pat4)}/\\SUBSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/_([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/_{($pat6)}/\\SUBSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
     # Convert ^n into \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} and ^{nnn} into \SUPERSCRIPT{nn}
-    s/\^([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
-    s/\^{($pat4)}/\\SUPERSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\^([^{\\]|\\\w+)/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\^{($pat6)}/\\SUPERSCRIPT{$1}/g ;
     # Convert $$ $$ into \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR}
     s/\$\$(.*?)\$\$/\\begin{DOLLARDOLLAR}$1\\end{DOLLARDOLLAR}/sg;
     # Convert \[ \] into \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET}
     s/(?<!\\)\\\[/\\begin{SQUAREBRACKET}/sg;
     s/\\\]/\\end{SQUAREBRACKET}/sg;
+    # Convert all picture environmentent (\begin{PICTUREENV} .. \end{PICTUREENV} \PICTUREBLOCKenv
+    s/\\begin{($PICTUREENV)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\PICTUREBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+    #    For --block-math-markup option -convert all \begin{MATH} .. \end{MATH}
+    #    into \MATHBLOCKMATH{...} commands, where MATH is any valid math environment
+    #    Also convert all array environments into ARRAYBLOCK environments
+    if ( $mathmarkup != FINE ) {
+      s/\\begin{($ARRENV)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\ARRAYBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+      s/\\begin{($MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)}(.*?)\\end{\1}/\\MATHBLOCK$1\{$2\}/sg;
+    }
     # add final token " STOP"
     $_ .= " STOP"
   }
@@ -1701,9 +1987,10 @@ sub fromhash {
 # carry out the following post-processing steps for all arguments:
 # * Remove STOP token from the end
 # * Replace \RIGHTBRACE by }
+# *  change citation commands within comments to protect from processing (using marker CITEDIF)
 # 1. Check all deleted blocks: 
 #    a.where a deleted block contains a matching \begin and
-#      \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), for selected environment enable enable
+#      \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), for selected environments enable
 #      these commands again (such that for example displayed math in a deleted equation
 #      is properly within math mode.  For math mode environments replace numbered equation
 #      environments with their display only variety (so that equation numbers in new file and
@@ -1713,8 +2000,19 @@ sub fromhash {
 #      subtracting one from the respective counter to keep numbering consistent with new file
 #    Replace all MATHMODE environment commands by the correct environment to achieve matching
 #    pairs
+#    c. Convert MATHBLOCKmath commands to their uncounted numbers (e.g. convert equation -> displaymath
+#       (environments defined in $MATHENV will be replaced by $MATHREPL, and  environments in $MATHARRENV
+#       will be replaced by $MATHARRREPL
+#    d. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
+#    d. place \cite commands in mbox'es (for UNDERLINE style)
+#
+#   For added blocks:
 #    c. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
-# 2. Remove DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... from picture environments
+#    d. place \cite commands in mbox'es (for UNDERLINE style)
+#     
+# 2.   If --block-math-markup option set: Convert \MATHBLOCKmath{..} commands back to environments
+#
+#      Convert all PICTUREblock{..} commands back to the appropriate environments
 # 3. Convert DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... into FL varieties
 #    within floats (currently recognised float environments: plate,table,figure
 #    plus starred varieties).
@@ -1729,7 +2027,7 @@ sub fromhash {
 # 10.  package specific processing:  endfloat: make sure \begin{figure} and \end{figure} are always
 #      on a line by themselves, similarly for table environment
 #  4, undo renaming of the \begin and \end in comments
-
+#    Change \QLEFTBRACE, \QRIGHTBRACE to \{,\}
 #
 # Note have to manually synchronize substitution commands below and 
 # DIF.. command names in the header
@@ -1747,6 +2045,11 @@ sub postprocess {
     s/ STOP$//;
     # Replace \RIGHTBRACE by }    
     s/\\RIGHTBRACE/}/g;
+
+    # change citation commands within comments to protect from processing
+    if ($CITECMD){
+      1 while s/(%.*)\\($CITECMD)/$1\\CITEDIF$2/m ;
+    }
     # Check all deleted blocks: where a deleted block contains a matching \begin and
     #    \end environment (these will be disabled by a %DIFDELCMD statements), enable
     #    these commands again (such that for example displayed math in a deleted equation
@@ -1763,55 +2066,72 @@ sub postprocess {
       ### (.*?[^\n]?)\n? construct is necessary to avoid empty lines in math mode, which result in
       ### an error
       # displayed math environments
-      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-      # also transform the opposite pair \end{displaymath} .. \begin{displaymath} but we have to be careful not to interfere with the results of the transformation in the line directly above
-      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHREPL} and insert \end{$MATHREPL} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-
+      if ($mathmarkup == FINE ) {
+	$delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	# also transform the opposite pair \end{displaymath} .. \begin{displaymath} but we have to be careful not to interfere with the results of the transformation in the line directly above
+	### pre-0.42 obsolete version which did not work on eqnarray test      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/$1\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	###0.5:      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+	$delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+  
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHREPL} and insert \end{$MATHREPL} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{((?:$MATHENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+	}
 
-      # equation array environment
-      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
-      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
 
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHARRENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHARRREPL} and insert \end{$MATHARRREPL} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
-      # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
-      # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
-      if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
-	$delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
-      }
+	### pre-0.42      # same as above for special case \[.\] (latex abbreviation for displaymath)
+        ### pre-0.42      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\[\s*?\n())(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\])/$1\\\[$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\\]$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ### pre-0.42      $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\]\s*?\n())(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\\[)/$1\\\]$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\\[$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        # equation array environment
+        ###pre-0.3      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ###0.5      $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        $delblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}.*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{\2\})/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        ###  pre-0.42 obsolete version which did not work on eqnarray test     $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?\n)(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$3\n\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+        $delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))(.*?[^\n]?)\n?(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{\2\})/\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1$3\n\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$4/sg;
+
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \begin{MATHARRENV}; if found add \begin{$MATHARRREPL} and insert \end{$MATHARRREPL} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\begin\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+           $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\end{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
+        # now look for unpaired %DIFDELCMD < \end{MATHENV}; if found add \end{MATHMODE} and insert \begin{MATHMODE} 
+        # just before end of block; again we use look-behind assertion to avoid matching constructions which have already been converted
+        if ($delblock=~ s/(?<!${AUXCMD}\n)(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*\\end\{($MATHARRENV)\}\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1\\end{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n/sg ) {
+	  $delblock =~ s/(\\DIFdelend$)/\\begin{MATHMODE}$AUXCMD\n$1/s ;
+        }
 
       # parse $delblock for deleted and reinstated eqnarray* environments - within those reinstate \\ and & commands
-      while ( $delblock =~ m/\\begin\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n.*?\n\\end\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n/sg ) {
-	$cnt2=0;
-	$len2=length($&);
-	$begin2=pos($delblock) - $len2;
-	$eqarrayblock=$&;
-	# reinstate deleted & and \\ commands
-	$eqarrayblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*(\&|\\\\)\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1$2$AUXCMD\n/sg ;
-
-	substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$eqarrayblock;
-	pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($eqarrayblock);
+        while ( $delblock =~ m/\\begin\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n.*?\n\\end\Q{$MATHARRREPL}$AUXCMD\E\n/sg ) {
+	  $cnt2=0;
+	  $len2=length($&);
+	  $begin2=pos($delblock) - $len2;
+	  $eqarrayblock=$&;
+	  # reinstate deleted & and \\ commands
+	  $eqarrayblock=~ s/(\%DIFDELCMD < \s*(\&|\\\\)\s*?(?:$DELCMDCLOSE|\n))/$1$2$AUXCMD\n/sg ;
+	  
+	  substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$eqarrayblock;
+	  pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($eqarrayblock);
+	}
+      } elsif ( $mathmarkup == COARSE || $mathmarkup == WHOLE ) {
+#       Convert MATHBLOCKmath commands to their uncounted numbers (e.g. convert equation -> displaymath
+#       (environments defined in $MATHENV will be replaced by $MATHREPL, and  environments in $MATHARRENV
+#       will be replaced by $MATHARRREPL
+	$delblock=~ s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\MATHBLOCK$MATHREPL\{$2\}/sg;
+	$delblock=~ s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHARRENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\MATHBLOCK$MATHARRREPL\{$2\}/sg;
       }
 
 
-
 #    b.where one of the commands matching $COUNTERCMD is used as a DIFAUXCMD, add a statement
 #      subtracting one from the respective counter to keep numbering consistent with new file
-      $delblock=~ s/\\($COUNTERCMD)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat4\})*\s*${AUXCMD}\n)/\\$1$2\\addtocounter{$1}{-1}${AUXCMD}\n/sg ;
+      $delblock=~ s/\\($COUNTERCMD)((?:${extraspace}\[$brat0\]${extraspace}|${extraspace}\{$pat6\})*\s*${AUXCMD}\n)/\\$1$2\\addtocounter{$1}{-1}${AUXCMD}\n/sg ;
+
+
 #     c. If in-line math mode contains array environment, enclose the whole environment in \mbox'es
       while ( $delblock =~ m/($math)(\s*)/sg ) {
 	$cnt2=0;
@@ -1822,7 +2142,18 @@ sub postprocess {
 	substr($delblock,$begin2,$len2)=$mathblock;
 	pos($delblock) = $begin2 + length($mathblock);
       }
-
+      if ($CITE2CMD) {
+	$delblock=~s/($DELCMDOPEN\s*\\($CITE2CMD)(.*)$DELCMDCLOSE)/
+	  # Replacement code 
+	  {my ($aux,$all);
+	   $aux=$all=$1;
+	   $aux=~s#\n?($DELCMDOPEN|$DELCMDCLOSE)##g;
+	   $all."$aux$AUXCMD\n";}/sge;
+      }
+      # or protect \cite commands with \mbox
+      if ($CITECMD) {
+	$delblock=~s/(\\($CITECMD)${extraspace}(?:\[$brat0\]${extraspace}){0,2}\{$pat6\})(\s*)/\\mbox{$AUXCMD\n$1\n}$AUXCMD\n/msg ;
+      } 
 #     splice in modified delblock
       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$delblock;
       pos = $begin + length($delblock);
@@ -1842,7 +2173,10 @@ sub postprocess {
 	substr($addblock,$begin2,$len2)=$mathblock;
 	pos($addblock) = $begin2 + length($mathblock);
       }
-
+      if ($CITECMD) {
+	my $addblockbefore=$addblock;
+	$addblock=~ s/(\\($CITECMD)${extraspace}(?:\[$brat0\]${extraspace}){0,2}\{$pat2\})(\s*)/\\mbox{$AUXCMD\n$1\n}$AUXCMD\n/msg ;
+      }
 #     splice in modified addblock
       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$addblock;
       pos = $begin + length($addblock);
@@ -1853,6 +2187,7 @@ sub postprocess {
     # change begin and end commands  within comments such that they
     # don't disturb the pattern matching (if there are several \begin or \end in one line
     # this substitution is insufficient but that appears unlikely)
+    # This needs to be repeated here to also get rid of DIFdelcmd-protected environments
     s/(%.*)\\begin\{(.*)$/$1\\BEGINDIF\{$2/mg ;
     s/(%.*)\\end\{(.*)$/$1\\ENDDIF\{$2/mg ;
 
@@ -1861,32 +2196,40 @@ sub postprocess {
     # The next line is complicated.  The negative look-ahead insertion makes sure that no \end{$MATHENV} (or other mathematical
     # environments) are between the \begin{$MATHENV} and \end{MATHMODE} commands. This is necessary as the minimal matching 
     # is not globally minimal but only 'locally' (matching is beginning from the left side of the string)
-    1 while s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}((?:.(?!(?:\\end{(?:(?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}|\\begin{MATHMODE})))*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/s;
-    1 while s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:.(?!\\end{MATHMODE}))*?)\\end{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}/\\begin{$2}$1\\end{$2}/s;
-    # convert remaining \begin{MATHMODE} \end{MATHMODE} (and not containing & or \\ )into MATHREPL environments
-    s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:(.(?!(?<!\\)\&|\\\\))*)?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$1\\end{$MATHREPL}/sg;
-    # others into MATHARRREPL
-    s/\\begin{MATHMODE}(.*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}/sg;
-
-    # now look for AUXCMD math-mode pairs which have only comments (or empty lines between them), and remove the added commands
-    s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}$AUXCMD\n((?:\s*%.[^\n]*\n)*)\\end{\1}$AUXCMD\n/$2/sg; 
-
-
-    # Remove all mark up within picture environments
-    while ( m/\\begin\{($PICTUREENV)\}.*?\\end\{\1\}/sg ) {
-      $cnt=0;
-      $len=length($&);
-      $begin=pos($_) - $len;
-      $float=$&;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFaddend //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFadd\{($pat4)\}/$1/g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdelend //g;
-      $float =~ s/\\DIFdel\{($pat4)\}//g;
-      substr($_,$begin,$len)=$float;
-      pos = $begin + length($float);
+    if ( $mathmarkup == FINE ) {
+      1 while s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}((?:.(?!(?:\\end{(?:(?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}|\\begin{MATHMODE})))*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/s;
+      1 while s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:.(?!\\end{MATHMODE}))*?)\\end{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}/\\begin{$2}$1\\end{$2}/s;
+      # convert remaining \begin{MATHMODE} \end{MATHMODE} (and not containing & or \\ )into MATHREPL environments
+      s/\\begin{MATHMODE}((?:(.(?!(?<!\\)\&|\\\\))*)?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHREPL}$1\\end{$MATHREPL}/sg;
+      # others into MATHARRREPL
+      s/\\begin{MATHMODE}(.*?)\\end{MATHMODE}/\\begin{$MATHARRREPL}$1\\end{$MATHARRREPL}/sg;
+
+      # now look for AUXCMD math-mode pairs which have only comments (or empty lines between them), and remove the added commands
+      s/\\begin{((?:$MATHENV)|(?:$MATHARRENV)|SQUAREBRACKET)}$AUXCMD\n((?:\s*%.[^\n]*\n)*)\\end{\1}$AUXCMD\n/$2/sg;       
+    } else {
+      #   math modes OFF,WHOLE,COARSE: Convert \MATHBLOCKmath{..} commands back to environments
+      s/\\MATHBLOCK($MATHENV|$MATHARRENV|SQUAREBRACKET)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
+      # convert ARRAYBLOCK.. commands back to environments
+      s/\\ARRAYBLOCK($ARRENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
     }
+    #  Convert all PICTUREblock{..} commands back to the appropriate environments
+    s/\\PICTUREBLOCK($PICTUREENV)\{($pat6)\}/\\begin{$1}$2\\end{$1}/sg;
+#0.5:    # Remove all mark up within picture environments
+#     while ( m/\\begin\{($PICTUREENV)\}.*?\\end\{\1\}/sg ) {
+#       $cnt=0;
+#       $len=length($&);
+#       $begin=pos($_) - $len;
+#       $float=$&;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFaddend //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFadd\{($pat6)\}/$1/g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdelend //g;
+#       $float =~ s/\\DIFdel\{($pat6)\}//g;
+#       $float =~ s/$DELCMDOPEN.*//g;
+#       substr($_,$begin,$len)=$float;
+#       pos = $begin + length($float);
+#     }
     # Convert DIFadd, DIFdel, DIFFaddbegin , ... into  varieties
     #    within floats (currently recognised float environments: plate,table,figure
     #    plus starred varieties).
@@ -1939,23 +2282,148 @@ sub postprocess {
     s/(%.*)\\BEGINDIF\{(.*)$/$1\\begin\{$2/mg ;
     s/(%.*)\\ENDDIF\{(.*)$/$1\\end\{$2/mg ;
     1 while s/(%.*)DOLLARDIF/$1\$/mg ;
+    # undo renaming of the \cite.. commands in comments 
+    if ( $CITECMD ) {
+      1 while s/(%.*)\\CITEDIF($CITECMD)/$1\\$2/mg ;
+    }
 #   Convert \begin{SQUAREBRACKET} \end{SQUAREBRACKET} into \[ \]
     s/\\end{SQUAREBRACKET}/\\\]/sg;
     s/\\begin{SQUAREBRACKET}/\\\[/sg;
 # 4. Convert \begin{DOLLARDOLLAR} \end{DOLLARDOLLAR} into $$ $$
     s/\\begin\{DOLLARDOLLAR\}(.*?)\\end\{DOLLARDOLLAR\}/\$\$$1\$\$/sg;
 # 5. Convert  \SUPERSCRIPTNB{n} into ^n  and  \SUPERSCRIPT{nn} into ^{nnn}
-    s/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/^$1/g ;
-    s/\\SUPERSCRIPT{($pat4)}/^{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUPERSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/^$1/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUPERSCRIPT{($pat6)}/^{$1}/g ;
     # Convert  \SUBSCRIPNB{n} into _n  and  \SUBCRIPT{nn} into _{nnn}
-    s/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/_$1/g ;
-    s/\\SUBSCRIPT{($pat4)}/_{$1}/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUBSCRIPTNB{($pat0)}/_$1/g ;
+    1 while s/\\SUBSCRIPT{($pat6)}/_{$1}/g ;
+#    Change \QLEFTBRACE, \QRIGHTBRACE to \{,\}
+    s/\\QLEFTBRACE /\\{/sg;
+    s/\\QRIGHTBRACE /\\}/sg;
 
   return;
   }
 }
 
 
+# @auxlines=preprocess_preamble($oldpreamble,$newpreamble);
+  # pre-process preamble by looking for commands used in \maketitle (title, author, date etc commands) 
+  # if found then use a bodydiff to mark up content, and replace the corresponding commands 
+  # in both preambles by marked up version to 'fool' the linediff (such that only body is marked
+  # up.
+  # A special case are e.g. author commands being added (or removed)
+  # 1. If commands are added, then the entire content is marked up as new, but also the lines are marked as new in the linediff
+  # 2. If commands are removed, then the linediff will mark the line as deleted.  The program returns 
+  #    with $auxlines a text to be appended at the end of the preamble, which shows the respective fields as deleted
+sub preprocess_preamble {
+  my ($oldpreambleref,$newpreambleref)=(\$_[0],\$_[1]) ;
+  my @auxlines=();
+  # Remember to use $$oldpreambleref to refer to oldpreamble
+  my ($titlecmd,$titlecmdpat);
+  my (@oldtitlecommands,@newtitlecommands );
+  my  %oldhash  = ();
+  my  %newhash  = ();
+  my ($line,$cmd,$optarg,$arg,$optargnew,$optargold,$optargdiff,$argold,$argnew,$argdiff,$auxline);
+
+  # resuse context2cmdlist to define these commands to  look out for in preamble
+  $titlecmd = "(?:".join("|",@CONTEXT2CMDLIST).")";
+  # as context2cmdlist is stored as regex, e.g. ((?-xism:^title$), we need to remove ^- fo
+  # resue in a more complex regex
+  $titlecmd =~ s/[\$\^]//g; 
+  # make sure to not match on comment lines:
+  $titlecmdpat=qr/^(?:[^%\n]|\\%)*(\\($titlecmd)$extraspace(?:\[($brat0)\])?(?:\{($pat6)\}))/ms;
+  @oldtitlecommands= ( $$oldpreambleref =~ m/$titlecmdpat/g );
+  @newtitlecommands= ( $$newpreambleref =~ m/$titlecmdpat/g );
+
+
+  while ( @oldtitlecommands ) {
+    $line=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $cmd=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $optarg=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+    $arg=shift @oldtitlecommands;
+  
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd})) {
+      warn "$cmd is used twice in preamble of old file. Reverting to pure line diff mode for preamble.\n";
+      return;
+    }
+    $oldhash{$cmd}=[ $line, $optarg, $arg ];
+  }
+  while ( @newtitlecommands ) {
+    $line=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $cmd=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $optarg=shift @newtitlecommands;
+    $arg=shift @newtitlecommands;
+  
+    if ( defined($newhash{$cmd})) {
+      warn "$cmd is used twice in preamble of new file. Reverting to pure line diff mode for preamble.\n";
+      return;
+    }
+    $newhash{$cmd}=[ $line, $optarg, $arg ];
+  }
+  foreach $cmd ( keys %newhash ) {
+    if ( defined($newhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+       $optargnew=$newhash{$cmd}->[1];
+    } else {
+      $optargnew="";
+    }
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+       $optargold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[1];
+    } else {
+      $optargold="";
+    }
+
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}) ) {
+      $argold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[2];
+    } else {
+      $argold="";
+    }
+    $argnew=$newhash{$cmd}->[2];
+    $argdiff="{" . join("",bodydiff($argold,$argnew)) ."}";
+    if ( length $optargnew ) {
+      $optargdiff="[".join("",bodydiff($optargold,$optargnew))."]" ;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFaddbegin /\\DIFaddbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFaddend /\\DIFaddendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFadd\{/\\DIFaddFL{/g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin /\\DIFdelbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelend /\\DIFdelendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdel\{/\\DIFdelFL{/g;
+    } else {
+      $optargdiff="";
+    }
+    ### print STDERR "DEBUG s/\\Q$newhash{$cmd}->[0]\\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s\n";
+    # Note: \Q and \E force literal interpretation of what it between them but allow 
+    #      variable interpolation, such that e.g. \title matches just that and not TAB-itle
+    $$newpreambleref=~s/\Q$newhash{$cmd}->[0]\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s;
+    # replace this in old preamble if necessary
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[0])) {
+      $$oldpreambleref=~s/\Q$oldhash{$cmd}->[0]\E/\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff/s ;
+    }
+    ### print STDERR "DEBUG NEW PRE ".$$newpreambleref."\n";
+  }
+
+  foreach $cmd ( keys %oldhash ) {
+    # if this has already been dealt with above can just skip
+    next if defined($newhash{$cmd}) ;
+    if ( defined($oldhash{$cmd}->[1])) {
+      $optargold=$oldhash{$cmd}->[1];
+      $optargdiff="[".join("",bodydiff($optargold,""))."]" ;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelbegin /\\DIFdelbeginFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdelend /\\DIFdelendFL /g;
+      $optargdiff =~ s/\\DIFdel\{/\\DIFdelFL{/g;
+    } else {
+      $optargdiff="";
+    }
+    $argdiff="{" . join("",bodydiff($argold,"")) ."}";
+    $auxline = "\\$cmd$optargdiff$argdiff";
+    $auxline =~s/$/$AUXCMD/sg;
+    push @auxlines,$auxline;
+  }
+  # add auxcmd comment to highlight added lines
+  return(@auxlines);
+}
+
+
+
 # @diffs=linediff(\@seq1, \@seq2)
 # mark up lines like this
 #%DIF mm-mmdnn
@@ -2091,7 +2559,7 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
 --subtype=markstyle
 -s markstyle           Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
                        commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin)
-                       Available styles: SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL
+                       Available styles: SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL COLOR
                        [ Default: SAFE ]
 
 --floattype=markstyle
@@ -2207,10 +2675,48 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
    NB For all --show commands, no old.tex or new.tex file needs to be given, and no 
       differencing takes place.
 
+Other configuration options:
+
 --allow-spaces         Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands
                        [Default requires arguments to directly follow each other without 
                                 intervening spaces]
 
+--math-markup=level    Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:
+                      Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+                      off or 0: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+                               appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+                               cause invalid latex code.
+                      whole or 1: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+                               to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+                               mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+                               invalid latex code.
+                      coarse or 2: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+                               granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+                               appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+                               for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+                               being changed. [Default]
+                      fine or 3: Detect small change in equations and mark up and fine granularity.
+                               This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+                               expected, e.g. correction of typos. 
+
+--disable-citation-markup  Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (UNDERLINE, 
+                       FONTSTRIKE, CULINECHBAR)
+--enable-citation-markup   Protect citation commands in changed sections with \\mbox command
+                       [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
+
+Miscelleneous options
+
+--label=label
+-L label               Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+                       of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+                       use of the option sets the label for the new file.
+                       [Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+
+--no-label             Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+
+--visble-label         Include old and new filenames (or labels set with --label option) as 
+                       visible output
+
 --flatten              Replace \\input and \\include commands within body by the content
                        of the files in their argument.  If \\includeonly is present in the
                        preamble, only those files are expanded into the document. However, 
@@ -2218,6 +2724,8 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
                        included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
                        be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
                        respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories.
+                       --flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+                       \\input statements.
 
 --help
 -h                     Show this help text.
@@ -2230,6 +2738,8 @@ format as new.tex but has all changes relative to old.tex marked up or commented
                        Default is to work silently.
 
 --version              Show version number.
+
+For further information, consult   http://latexdiff.berlios.de
 EOF
 }
 
@@ -2392,7 +2902,7 @@ B<-s markstyle>
 Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
 commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin). This option defines
 C<\DIFaddbegin>, C<\DIFaddend>, C<\DIFdelbegin> and C<\DIFdelend> commands.
-Available styles: C<SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL>
+Available styles: C<SAFE MARGINAL COLOR DVIPSCOL>
 
 [ Default: C<SAFE> ]
 
@@ -2526,7 +3036,7 @@ or table.  These commands behave like text commands, except when
 they occur in a deleted section, when they are disabled, but their
 argument is shown as deleted text.
 
-=item B<--replace-context1cmd=replace-file> 
+=item B<--replace-context2cmd=replace-file> 
 
 =item B<--append-context2cmd=append-file> or
 =item B<--append-context2cmd="cmd1,cmd2,...">
@@ -2581,18 +3091,70 @@ Combine all --show commands.
 NB For all --show commands, no C<old.tex> or C<new.tex> file needs to be specified, and no 
 differencing takes place.
 
+=back
+
+=head2 Other configuration options:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item B<--allow-spaces>
+
+Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
+that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
+might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
+default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
+directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+
+=item B<--math-markup=level>   
+
+Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:               
+Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+
+C<off> or C<0>: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+cause invalid latex code.
+
+C<whole> or C<1>: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+invalid latex code.
+
+C<coarse> or C<2>: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+being changed. [Default]
+
+C<fine> or C<3>: Detect small change in equations and mark up at fine granularity.
+This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+expected, e.g. correction of typos. 
+
+=item B<--disable-citation-markup>
+
+Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (UNDERLINE, 
+FONTSTRIKE, CULINECHBAR)
+
+=item B<--enable-citation-markup>
+
+Protect citation commands in changed sections with \\mbox command [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
 
 =back
 
 =head2 Miscellaneous
 
 =over 4
-
 =item B<--verbose> or B<-V>
 
 Output various status information to stderr during processing.
 Default is to work silently.
 
+=item B<--driver=type>
+
+Choose driver for changebar package (only relevant for styles using
+   changebar: CCHANGEBAR CFONTCHBAR CULINECHBAR CHANGEBAR). Possible
+drivers are listed in changebar manual, e.g. pdftex,dvips,dvitops
+  [Default: dvips]
+
 =item B<--ignore-warnings>
 
 Suppress warnings about inconsistencies in length between input and
@@ -2602,13 +3164,23 @@ syntax unknown to C<latexdiff> but the resulting difference argument
 is often fully functional anyway, particularly if the non-standard
 latex only occurs in parts of the text which have not changed.
 
-=item B<--allow-spaces>
+=item B<--label=label> or
+B<-L label>
 
-Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
-that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
-might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
-default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
-directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+use of the option sets the label for the new file, i.e. set both
+labels like this C<-L labelold -L labelnew>.
+[Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+
+=item B<--no-label>
+
+Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+
+=item B<--visble-label>
+
+Include old and new filenames (or labels set with --label option) as 
+visible output.
 
 =item B<--flatten>
 
@@ -2619,11 +3191,12 @@ no recursion is done, i.e. C<\input> and C<\include> commands within
 included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
  be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
 respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories. 
+--flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+C<\input> statements.
 
-Use of this option is not recommended
-primarily the processing time for the large documents is prohibitive, and
-the resulting difference document no longer reflects the structure of the 
-input documents. 
+Use of this option might result in prohibitive processing times for
+larger documents, and the resulting difference document
+no longer reflects the structure of the input documents.
 
 =item B<--help> or
 B<-h>
@@ -2636,6 +3209,8 @@ Show version number
 
 =back
 
+
+
 =head2 Predefined styles 
 
 =head2 Major types
@@ -2704,6 +3279,13 @@ Mark beginning and end of changed blocks with symbols in the margin nearby (usin
 the standard C<\marginpar> command - note that this sometimes moves somewhat
 from the intended position.
 
+=item C<COLOR>
+
+An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red.
+(It is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
+although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete, for example 
+with citation commands).
+
 =item C<DVIPSCOL>
 
 An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red. Note
@@ -2797,26 +3379,49 @@ C<|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)>  ]
 
 =back
 
-=head1 BUGS
+=head1 COMMON PROBLEMS
+
+=over 10
 
-UTF-8 support requires a relatively new version of perl (5.8.0 is sufficient 
-but 5.6.2 up would work OK, too).
+=item Citations result in overfull boxes
+
+There is an incompatibility between the C<ulem> package, which C<latexdiff> uses for underlining and striking out in the UNDERLINE style,
+the default style. In order to be able to mark up citations properly, they are placed with an C<\mbox> command in post-processing. As mboxes
+cannot be broken across lines, this procedure frequently results in overfull boxes, possibly obscuring the content as it extends beyond the right margin. If this is a problem, you have two possibilities:
+
+1. Use C<COLOR> or C<DVIPSCOL> subtype markup (option C<-s COLOR>): If this markup is chosen, then changed citations are no longer marked up
+with the wavy line (additions) or struck out (deletions), but are still highlighted in the appropriate color.
+
+2. Choose option C<--disable-citation-markup> which turns off the marking up of citations: deleted citations are no longer shown, and
+added ctations are shown without markup. (This was the default behaviour of latexdiff at versions 0.6 and older)
+
+=item Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors
+
+Try options C<--math-markup=whole>.   If even that fails, you can turn off mark up for equations with C<--math-markup=off>.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 BUGS
 
 Option allow-spaces not implemented entirely consistently. It breaks
 the rules that number and type of white space does not matter, as
 different numbers of inter-argument spaces are treated as significant.
 
-Please send bug reports
-to I<tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff>
+Please submit bug reports on the latexdiff project page I<http://latexdiff.berlios.de>, 
+send them to user discussion list C<latexdiff-users@lists.berlios,de> (prior subscription 
+to list required, also on project webpage)
+or send them to I<tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff>
 (from comments at the top of the source or use B<--version>).  If you come across latex
 files that are error-free and conform to the specifications set out
 above, and whose differencing still does not result in error-free
 latex, please send me those files, ideally edited to only contain the
-offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. 
+offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. If your 
+file relies on non-standard class files, you must include those.  I will not
+look at examples where I have trouble to latex the original files.
 
 =head1 SEE ALSO
 
-L<latexrevise>
+L<latexrevise>, L<latexdiff-vc>
 
 =head1 PORTABILITY
 
@@ -2832,13 +3437,15 @@ I<latexdiff-fast> requires the I<diff> command to be present.
 
 =head1 AUTHOR
 
-Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Frederik Tilmann
+Version 1.0.2
+Copyright (C) 2004-2012 Frederik Tilmann
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 3
 
-Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner
-Thanks to everyone who send in bug reports.
+Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner, 
+T. Connors, Sebastian Gouezel and many others.
+Thanks to the many people who send in bug reports, feature suggestions, and other feedback.
 
 =cut
 
@@ -3093,14 +3700,16 @@ sqrt
 %%END TEXT COMMANDS 
 
 %%BEGIN CONTEXT1 COMMANDS
-% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but who's arguemtn should be printed as plain text
+% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but whose argument should be printed as plain text
 caption
 %%END CONTEXT1 COMMANDS 
 
 %%BEGIN CONTEXT2 COMMANDS
-% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but who's arguemtn should be printed as plain text
+% Regex matching commands with a text argument (leave out the \), which will fail out of context, but whose argument should be printed as plain text
 title
 author
+date
+institute
 %%END CONTEXT2 COMMANDS 
 
 
@@ -3198,6 +3807,14 @@ author
 \providecommand{\DIFdelend}{\protect\nogroupcolor{black}}
 %DIF END DVIPSCOL PREAMBLE
 
+%DIF COLOR PREAMBLE
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\providecommand{\DIFaddbegin}{\protect\color{blue}}
+\providecommand{\DIFaddend}{\protect\color{black}}
+\providecommand{\DIFdelbegin}{\protect\color{red}}
+\providecommand{\DIFdelend}{\protect\color{black}}
+%DIF END COLOR PREAMBLE
+
 
 %% FLOAT TYPES 
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexrevise.pl b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexrevise.pl
index 279dac1fc6a..0f333fbb994 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexrevise.pl
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/latexdiff/latexrevise.pl
@@ -1,30 +1,39 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/usr/bin/env perl 
 #   latexrevise - takes output file of latexdiff and removes either discarded
 #                 or appended passages, then deletes all other latexdiff markup
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2004  F J Tilmann (tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk)
+#   Copyright (C) 2004  F J Tilmann (tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de, ftilmann@users.berlios.de)
 #
-#    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 as published by
-#    the Free Software Foundation.
+# Project webpages:   http://latexdiff.berlios.de/
+# CTAN page:          http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff
+#
+#    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#    (at your option) any later version.
 #
 #    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 #    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 #    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 #    GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
 #    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+#    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # Detailed usage information at the end of the file
-#
-# Version 0.1   First public release
+# Note: version number now keeping up with latexdiff
+# Version 1.0.2  Option --version
+# Version 1.0.1   no changes to latexrevise
 # Version 0.3   Updated for compatibility with latexdiff 0.3 output (DIFAUXCMD removal)
-#
+# Version 0.1   First public release
 
 use Getopt::Long ;
 use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+my $versionstring=<<EOF ;
+This is LATEXREVISE 1.0.2
+  (c) 2005-2012 F J Tilmann
+EOF
 
 # Markup strings (make sure that this are set to the same value as in 
 # latexdiff)
@@ -64,7 +73,7 @@ my $brat0 = '(?:[^\[\]]|\\\[|\\\])*';
 my ($input,$preamble,$body,$post);
 my (@matches);
 my ($cnt,$prematch,$postmatch);
-my ($help);
+my ($help,$version);
 my ($verbose,$quiet,$accept,$decline,$simplify)=(0,0,0,0,0);
 my ($comment,$comenv,$markup,$markenv);
 
@@ -80,6 +89,7 @@ GetOptions('accept|a' => \$accept,
 	   'markup|m=s' => \$markup,
 	   'markup-environment|n=s' => \$markenv,
 	   'no-warnings|q' => \$verbose,
+           'version' => \$version,
 	   'verbose|V' => \$verbose,
 	   'help|h|H' => \$help);
 
@@ -87,6 +97,11 @@ if ( $help ) {
   usage() ;
 }
 
+if ( $version ) {
+  die $versionstring ; 
+}
+
+
 if ( ($accept &&  $decline) || ($accept && $simplify) || ($decline && $simplify) ) {
   die '-a,-d and -s options are mutually axclusive. Type latexrevise -h to get more help.';
 }
@@ -493,15 +508,16 @@ which should have been removed already.
 =head1 BUGS
 
 The current version is a beta version which has not yet been
-extensively tested, but worked fine locally.  Please send bug reports
-to I<tilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk>.  Include the serial number of I<latexrevise>
+extensively tested, but worked fine locally.  Please submit bug reports through
+the latexdiff project page I<http://developer.berlios.de/projects/latexdiff/> or send
+to I<tilmann@gfz-potsdam.de>.  Include the serial number of I<latexrevise>
 (from comments at the top of the source).  If you come across latexdiff
 output which is not processed correctly by I<latexrevise> please include the
 problem file as well as the old and new files on which it is based,
 ideally edited to only contain the offending passage as long as that still
 reproduces the problem.
 
-I<latexrevise> gets confused by commented C<\begin{document}> or 
+Note that I<latexrevise> gets confused by commented C<\begin{document}> or 
 C<\end{document}> statements
 
 =head1 SEE ALSO
@@ -518,6 +534,6 @@ on any platform  supporting PERL v5 or higher.
 Copyright (C) 2004 Frederik Tilmann
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License Version 3
 
 =cut
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1
index 1c5946d6fdf..497b8fed20b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1
@@ -1,15 +1,7 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.14
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
 .\"
 .\" Standard preamble:
 .\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
 .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
 .if t .sp .5v
 .if n .sp
@@ -25,11 +17,11 @@
 ..
 .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
 .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar.  \*(C+ will give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
 .ie n \{\
 .    ds -- \(*W-
@@ -48,22 +40,25 @@
 .    ds R" ''
 'br\}
 .\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
 .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
+.ie \nF \{\
 .    de IX
 .    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
 ..
 .    nr % 0
 .    rr F
 .\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
 .\"
 .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
 .\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
@@ -129,7 +124,11 @@
 .\" ========================================================================
 .\"
 .IX Title "LATEXDIFF-VC 1"
-.TH LATEXDIFF-VC 1 "2007-07-24" "perl v5.8.5" " "
+.TH LATEXDIFF-VC 1 "2012-12-16" "perl v5.12.4" " "
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
 .SH "NAME"
 latexdiff\-vc \- wrapper script that calls latexdiff for different versions of a file under version management (CVS, RCS or SVN)
 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
@@ -144,15 +143,15 @@ latexdiff\-vc \- wrapper script that calls latexdiff for different versions of a
 .SH "DESCRIPTION"
 .IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
 \&\fIlatexdiff-vc\fR is a wrapper script that applies \fIlatexdiff\fR to a
-file, or multiple files under version control (\s-1CVS\s0 or \s-1RCS\s0), and optionally runs the
+file, or multiple files under version control (\s-1CVS\s0, \s-1RCS\s0 or \s-1SVN\s0), and optionally runs the
 sequence of \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`dvips\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`pdflatex\*(C'\fR commands necessary to
 produce pdf or postscript output of the difference tex file(s). It can
 also be applied to a pair of files to automatise the generation of difference
 file in postscript or pdf format.
 .SH "OPTIONS"
 .IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\-rcs\fR, \fB\-\-svn\fR, or \fB\-\-cvs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--rcs, --svn, or --cvs"
+.IP "\fB\-\-rcs\fR, \fB\-\-svn\fR, \fB\-\-cvs\fR, or \fB\-\-git\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--rcs, --svn, --cvs, or --git"
 Set the version system. 
 If no version system is specified, latexdiff-vc will venture a guess.
 .Sp
@@ -160,8 +159,8 @@ latexdiff-cvs and latexdiff-rcs are variants of latexdiff-vc which default to
 the respective versioning system. However, this default can still be overridden using the options above.
 .IP "\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-r\fR \fIrev\fR or \fB\-\-revision\fR, \fB\-\-revision=\fR\fIrev\fR" 4
 .IX Item "-r, -r rev or --revision, --revision=rev"
-Choose revision (under \s-1RCS\s0, \s-1CVS\s0 or \s-1SVN\s0). One or two \fB\-r\fR options can be
-specified, and the resulting in different behaviour:
+Choose revision (under \s-1RCS\s0, \s-1CVS\s0, \s-1SVN\s0 or \s-1GIT\s0). One or two \fB\-r\fR options can be
+specified, and they result in different behaviour:
 .RS 4
 .IP "\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR \-r \fIfile.tex\fR ..." 4
 .IX Item "latexdiff-vc -r file.tex ..."
@@ -187,10 +186,13 @@ reported to stdout.
 .IP "\fB\-d\fR or \fB\-\-dir\fR  \fB\-d\fR \fIpath\fR or \fB\-\-dir=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
 .IX Item "-d or --dir  -d path or --dir=path"
 Rather than appending the string \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR and optionally the version
-numbers given to the output\-file, this will prepend a directory name \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR 
+numbers given to the output-file, this will prepend a directory name \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR 
 to the
 original filename, creating the directory and subdirectories should they not exist already.  This is particularly useful in order to clone a
 complete directory hierarchy.  Optionally, a pathname \fIpath\fR can be specified, which is prepended instead of \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-fast\fR or \fB\-\-so\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--fast or --so"
+Use \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\-fast\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\-so\*(C'\fR, respectively (instead of \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR).
 .IP "\fB\-\-ps\fR or \fB\-\-postscript\fR" 4
 .IX Item "--ps or --postscript"
 Generate postscript output from difference file.  This will run the
@@ -226,10 +228,19 @@ latexdiff
 limited to Unix-like systems. It also requires the \s-1RCS\s0 version control
 system and latex to be installed on the system.  Modules from Perl 5.8
 or higher are required.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Copyright (C) 2005 Frederik Tilmann
+.SH "BUG REPORTING"
+.IX Header "BUG REPORTING"
+.Vb 6
+\& Please submit bug reports through
+\&the latexdiff project page I<http://developer.berlios.de/projects/latexdiff/> or send
+\&to I<tilmann@gfz\-potsdam.de>.  Include the serial number of I<latexdiff\-vc>
+\&(option C<\-\-version>)
+\&.
+\&=head1 AUTHOR
+.Ve
+.PP
+Copyright (C) 2005,2012 Frederik Tilmann
 .PP
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 3
 Contributors: S Utcke, H Bruyninckx
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf
index 4006570e376..779eaa29e23 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1
index 7b6653fca4e..2f075daa0a9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1
@@ -1,15 +1,7 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.34, Pod::Parser v1.13
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
 .\"
 .\" Standard preamble:
 .\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
 .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
 .if t .sp .5v
 .if n .sp
@@ -25,11 +17,11 @@
 ..
 .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
 .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar.  \*(C+ will give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
 .ie n \{\
 .    ds -- \(*W-
@@ -48,22 +40,25 @@
 .    ds R" ''
 'br\}
 .\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
 .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
+.ie \nF \{\
 .    de IX
 .    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
 ..
 .    nr % 0
 .    rr F
 .\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
 .\"
 .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
 .\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
@@ -129,7 +124,11 @@
 .\" ========================================================================
 .\"
 .IX Title "LATEXDIFF 1"
-.TH LATEXDIFF 1 "2007-10-19" "perl v5.8.0" " "
+.TH LATEXDIFF 1 "2012-12-16" "perl v5.12.4" " "
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
 .SH "NAME"
 latexdiff \- determine and markup differences between two latex files
 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
@@ -157,25 +156,21 @@ differences, the resulting file \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR will be similar to
 \&\f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR.  At the end of the preamble, the definitions for \fIlatexdiff\fR markup commands are inserted.
 In differencing the main body of the text, \fIlatexdiff\fR attempts to
 satisfy the following guidelines (in order of priority):
-.IP "1" 3
-.IX Item "1"
+.IP "1." 3
 If both \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR are valid LaTeX, then the resulting
 \&\f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR should also be valid LateX. (\s-1NB\s0 If a few plain TeX commands
 are used within \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR then \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR is not
 guaranteed to work but usually will).
-.IP "2" 3
-.IX Item "2"
+.IP "2." 3
 Significant differences are determined on the level of
 individual words. All significant differences, including differences
 between comments should be clearly marked in the resulting source code
 \&\f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "3" 3
-.IX Item "3"
+.IP "3." 3
 If a changed passage contains text or text-producing commands, then
 running \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR through LateX should produce output where added
 and discarded passages are highlighted.
-.IP "4" 3
-.IX Item "4"
+.IP "4." 3
 Where there are insignificant differences, e.g. in the positioning of
 line breaks, \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR should follow the formatting of \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR
 .PP
@@ -195,7 +190,7 @@ curly braces immediately following a command (i.e. a sequence of
 letters beginning with a backslash) are arguments for that command.
 As a restriction to condition 1 above it is thus necessary to surround
 all arguments with curly braces, and to not insert
-extraneous spaces.  For example, write 
+extraneous spaces.  For example, write
 .PP
 .Vb 1
 \&  \esection{\etextem{This is an emphasized section title}}
@@ -225,7 +220,7 @@ protect parts of the latex file where the markup results in illegal
 markup. You have to surround the offending passage in both the old and
 new file by \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{DIFnomarkup}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eend{DIFnomarkup}\*(C'\fR. You must
 define the environment in the preambles of both old and new
-documents. I prefer to define it as a null\-environment,
+documents. I prefer to define it as a null-environment,
 .PP
 \&\f(CW\*(C`\enewenvironment{DIFnomarkup}{}{}\*(C'\fR
 .PP
@@ -255,7 +250,7 @@ and curly braces within deleted blocks are commented out with
 \&\*(R"\f(CW\*(C`%DIFDELCMD\ <\ \*(C'\fR".
 .SH "OPTIONS"
 .IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.Sh "Preamble"
+.SS "Preamble"
 .IX Subsection "Preamble"
 The following options determine the visual markup style by adding the appropriate
 command definitions to the preamble. See the end of this section for a description of 
@@ -264,7 +259,7 @@ available styles.
 .IX Item "--type=markupstyle or -t markupstyle"
 Add code to preamble for selected markup style. This option defines
 \&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR commands.
-Available styles: 
+Available styles:
 .Sp
 \&\f(CW\*(C`UNDERLINE CTRADITIONAL TRADITIONAL CFONT FONTSTRIKE INVISIBLE 
 CHANGEBAR CCHANGEBAR CULINECHBAR CFONTCBHBAR\*(C'\fR
@@ -275,7 +270,7 @@ CHANGEBAR CCHANGEBAR CULINECHBAR CFONTCBHBAR\*(C'\fR
 Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
 commands (e.g. to mark changes in  margin). This option defines
 \&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR commands.
-Available styles: \f(CW\*(C`SAFE MARGINAL DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR
+Available styles: \f(CW\*(C`SAFE MARGINAL COLOR DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR
 .Sp
 [ Default: \f(CW\*(C`SAFE\*(C'\fR ]
 .IP "\fB\-\-floattype=markstyle\fR or \fB\-f markstyle\fR" 4
@@ -292,9 +287,9 @@ Available styles: \f(CW\*(C`FLOATSAFE TRADITIONALSAFE IDENTICAL\*(C'\fR
 .IX Item "--encoding=enc or -e enc"
 Specify encoding of old.tex and new.tex. Typical encodings are
 \&\f(CW\*(C`ascii\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`latin1\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`latin9\*(C'\fR.  A list of available encodings can be 
-obtained by executing 
+obtained by executing
 .Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`perl \-MEncode \-e 'print join ("\en",Encode\-\*(C'\fRencodings( \*(L":all\*(R" )) ;' >
+\&\f(CW\*(C`perl \-MEncode \-e \*(Aqprint join ("\en",Encode\-\*(C'\fRencodings( \*(L":all\*(R" )) ;' >
 .Sp
 [Default encoding is utf8 unless the first few lines of the preamble contain
 an invocation \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage[..]{inputenc}\*(C'\fR in which case the 
@@ -344,7 +339,7 @@ errors).
 .IP "\fB\-\-show\-preamble\fR" 4
 .IX Item "--show-preamble"
 Print generated or included preamble commands to stdout.
-.Sh "Configuration"
+.SS "Configuration"
 .IX Subsection "Configuration"
 .ie n .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=exclude\-file\fR or \fB\-A exclude-file\fR or  \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR" 4
 .el .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=exclude\-file\fR or \fB\-A exclude-file\fR or  \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR" 4
@@ -396,8 +391,8 @@ context to work, e.g. \ecaption will only work within a figure
 or table.  These commands behave like text commands, except when 
 they occur in a deleted section, when they are disabled, but their
 argument is shown as deleted text.
-.IP "\fB\-\-replace\-context1cmd=replace\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--replace-context1cmd=replace-file"
+.IP "\fB\-\-replace\-context2cmd=replace\-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--replace-context2cmd=replace-file"
 .PD 0
 .ie n .IP "\fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=append\-file\fR or =item \fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR As corresponding commands for context1.  The only difference is that context2 commands are completely disabled in deleted sections, including their arguments." 4
 .el .IP "\fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=append\-file\fR or =item \fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR As corresponding commands for context1.  The only difference is that context2 commands are completely disabled in deleted sections, including their arguments." 4
@@ -409,7 +404,7 @@ argument is shown as deleted text.
 .PD
 Set configuration variables.  The option can be repeated to set different
 variables (as an alternative to the comma-separated list).
-Available variables (see below for further explanations): 
+Available variables (see below for further explanations):
 .Sp
 \&\f(CW\*(C`MINWORDSBLOCK\*(C'\fR (integer)
 .Sp
@@ -443,29 +438,87 @@ Combine all \-\-show commands.
 .Sp
 \&\s-1NB\s0 For all \-\-show commands, no \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR file needs to be specified, and no 
 differencing takes place.
-.Sh "Miscellaneous"
+.SS "Other configuration options:"
+.IX Subsection "Other configuration options:"
+.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-spaces\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--allow-spaces"
+Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
+that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
+might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
+default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
+directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
+.IP "\fB\-\-math\-markup=level\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--math-markup=level"
+Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:               
+Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
+.Sp
+\&\f(CW\*(C`off\*(C'\fR or \f(CW0\fR: suppress markup for math environments.  Deleted equations will not 
+appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes 
+cause invalid latex code.
+.Sp
+\&\f(CW\*(C`whole\*(C'\fR or \f(CW1\fR: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
+to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed.  This 
+mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in 
+invalid latex code.
+.Sp
+\&\f(CW\*(C`coarse\*(C'\fR or \f(CW2\fR: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
+granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation) 
+appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
+for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
+being changed. [Default]
+.Sp
+\&\f(CW\*(C`fine\*(C'\fR or \f(CW3\fR: Detect small change in equations and mark up at fine granularity.
+This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
+expected, e.g. correction of typos.
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-citation\-markup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-citation-markup"
+Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (\s-1UNDERLINE\s0, 
+\&\s-1FONTSTRIKE\s0, \s-1CULINECHBAR\s0)
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-citation\-markup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-citation-markup"
+Protect citation commands in changed sections with \e\embox command [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
+.SS "Miscellaneous"
 .IX Subsection "Miscellaneous"
-.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR or \fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose or -V"
+.RS 4
 Output various status information to stderr during processing.
 Default is to work silently.
-.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-warnings\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--ignore-warnings"
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-driver=type\fR
+.Sp
+Choose driver for changebar package (only relevant for styles using
+   changebar: \s-1CCHANGEBAR\s0 \s-1CFONTCHBAR\s0 \s-1CULINECHBAR\s0 \s-1CHANGEBAR\s0). Possible
+drivers are listed in changebar manual, e.g. pdftex,dvips,dvitops
+  [Default: dvips]
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-ignore\-warnings\fR
+.Sp
 Suppress warnings about inconsistencies in length between input and
 parsed strings and missing characters.  These warning messages are
 often related to non-standard latex or latex constructions with a
 syntax unknown to \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR but the resulting difference argument
 is often fully functional anyway, particularly if the non-standard
 latex only occurs in parts of the text which have not changed.
-.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-spaces\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--allow-spaces"
-Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands.  Note
-that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
-might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
-default produces erroneous results.  (Default requires arguments to
-directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
-.IP "\fB\-\-flatten\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--flatten"
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-label=label\fR or
+\&\fB\-L label\fR
+.Sp
+Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files.  The first use
+of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
+use of the option sets the label for the new file, i.e. set both
+labels like this \f(CW\*(C`\-L labelold \-L labelnew\*(C'\fR.
+[Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-no\-label\fR
+.Sp
+Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-visble\-label\fR
+.Sp
+Include old and new filenames (or labels set with \-\-label option) as 
+visible output.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-flatten\fR
+.Sp
 Replace \f(CW\*(C`\einput\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\einclude\*(C'\fR commands within body by the content
 of the files in their argument.  If \f(CW\*(C`\eincludeonly\*(C'\fR is present in the
 preamble, only those files are expanded into the document. However, 
@@ -473,20 +526,25 @@ no recursion is done, i.e. \f(CW\*(C`\einput\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\einclude\*(C
 included sections are not expanded.  The included files are assumed to 
  be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
 respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories. 
+\&\-\-flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\einput\*(C'\fR statements.
+.Sp
+Use of this option might result in prohibitive processing times for
+larger documents, and the resulting difference document
+no longer reflects the structure of the input documents.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-help\fR or
+\&\fB\-h\fR
 .Sp
-Use of this option is not recommended
-primarily the processing time for the large documents is prohibitive, and
-the resulting difference document no longer reflects the structure of the 
-input documents. 
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR or \fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help or -h"
 Show help text
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-version\fR
+.Sp
 Show version number
-.Sh "Predefined styles"
+.RE
+.SS "Predefined styles"
 .IX Subsection "Predefined styles"
-.Sh "Major types"
+.SS "Major types"
 .IX Subsection "Major types"
 The major type determine the markup of plain text and some selected latex commands outside floats by defining the markup commands \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd{...}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel{...}\*(C'\fR .
 .ie n .IP """UNDERLINE""" 10
@@ -497,7 +555,7 @@ Added text is wavy-underlined and blue, discarded text is struck out and red
 .ie n .IP """CTRADITIONAL""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWCTRADITIONAL\fR" 10
 .IX Item "CTRADITIONAL"
-Added text is blue and set in sans\-serif, and a red footnote is created for each discarded 
+Added text is blue and set in sans-serif, and a red footnote is created for each discarded 
 piece of text. (Requires color package)
 .ie n .IP """TRADITIONAL""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWTRADITIONAL\fR" 10
@@ -506,11 +564,11 @@ Like \f(CW\*(C`CTRADITIONAL\*(C'\fR but without the use of color.
 .ie n .IP """CFONT""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWCFONT\fR" 10
 .IX Item "CFONT"
-Added text is blue and set in sans\-serif, and discarded text is red and very small size.
+Added text is blue and set in sans-serif, and discarded text is red and very small size.
 .ie n .IP """FONTSTRIKE""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWFONTSTRIKE\fR" 10
 .IX Item "FONTSTRIKE"
-Added tex is set in sans\-serif, discarded text small and struck out
+Added tex is set in sans-serif, discarded text small and struck out
 .ie n .IP """CCHANGEBAR""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWCCHANGEBAR\fR" 10
 .IX Item "CCHANGEBAR"
@@ -531,9 +589,9 @@ No mark up of text, but mark margins with changebars (Requires changebar package
 .el .IP "\f(CWINVISIBLE\fR" 10
 .IX Item "INVISIBLE"
 No visible markup (but generic markup commands will still be inserted.
-.Sh "Subtypes"
+.SS "Subtypes"
 .IX Subsection "Subtypes"
-The subtype defines the commands that are inserted at the begin and end of added or discarded blocks, irrespectively of whether these blocks contain text or commands (Defined commands: \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin, \eDIFaddend, \eDIFdelbegin, \eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR) 
+The subtype defines the commands that are inserted at the begin and end of added or discarded blocks, irrespectively of whether these blocks contain text or commands (Defined commands: \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin, \eDIFaddend, \eDIFdelbegin, \eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR)
 .ie n .IP """SAFE""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWSAFE\fR" 10
 .IX Item "SAFE"
@@ -544,6 +602,13 @@ No additional markup (Recommended choice)
 Mark beginning and end of changed blocks with symbols in the margin nearby (using
 the standard \f(CW\*(C`\emarginpar\*(C'\fR command \- note that this sometimes moves somewhat
 from the intended position.
+.ie n .IP """COLOR""" 10
+.el .IP "\f(CWCOLOR\fR" 10
+.IX Item "COLOR"
+An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red.
+(It is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
+although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete, for example 
+with citation commands).
 .ie n .IP """DVIPSCOL""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWDVIPSCOL\fR" 10
 .IX Item "DVIPSCOL"
@@ -551,7 +616,7 @@ An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red. N
 that \f(CW\*(C`DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR only works with the dvips converter, e.g. not pdflatex.
 (it is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
 although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete).
-.Sh "Float Types"
+.SS "Float Types"
 .IX Subsection "Float Types"
 Some of the markup used in the main text might cause problems when used within 
 floats (e.g. figures or tables).  For this reason alternative versions of all
@@ -559,7 +624,7 @@ markup commands are used within floats. The float type defines these alternative
 .ie n .IP """FLOATSAFE""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWFLOATSAFE\fR" 10
 .IX Item "FLOATSAFE"
-Use identical markup for text as in the main body, but set all commands marking the begin and end of changed blocks to null\-commands.  You have to choose this float type if your subtype is \f(CW\*(C`MARGIN\*(C'\fR as \f(CW\*(C`\emarginpar\*(C'\fR does not work properly within floats.
+Use identical markup for text as in the main body, but set all commands marking the begin and end of changed blocks to null-commands.  You have to choose this float type if your subtype is \f(CW\*(C`MARGIN\*(C'\fR as \f(CW\*(C`\emarginpar\*(C'\fR does not work properly within floats.
 .ie n .IP """TRADITIONALSAFE""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWTRADITIONALSAFE\fR" 10
 .IX Item "TRADITIONALSAFE"
@@ -568,7 +633,7 @@ Mark additions the same way as in the main text.  Deleted environments are marke
 .el .IP "\f(CWIDENTICAL\fR" 10
 .IX Item "IDENTICAL"
 Make no difference between the main text and floats.
-.Sh "Configuration Variables"
+.SS "Configuration Variables"
 .IX Subsection "Configuration Variables"
 .ie n .IP """MINWORDSBLOCK""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWMINWORDSBLOCK\fR" 10
@@ -593,7 +658,7 @@ all latexdiff markup is removed (in pathologic cases this might lead to
  inconsistent markup but this situation should be rare).
 .Sp
 [ Default: \f(CW\*(C`(?:picture|DIFnomarkup)[\ew\ed*@]*\*(C'\fR\ ]
-.ie n .IP """MATHENV""\fR,\f(CW""MATHREPL""" 10
+.ie n .IP """MATHENV"",""MATHREPL""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWMATHENV\fR,\f(CWMATHREPL\fR" 10
 .IX Item "MATHENV,MATHREPL"
 If both \ebegin and \eend for a math environment (environment name matching \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR
@@ -602,7 +667,7 @@ are within the same deleted block, they are replaced by a \ebegin and \eend comm
 rather than being commented out.
 .Sp
 [ Default: \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:displaymath|equation)\*(C'\fR\ , \f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`displaymath\*(C'\fR\ ]
-.ie n .IP """MATHARRENV""\fR,\f(CW""MATHARRREPL""" 10
+.ie n .IP """MATHARRENV"",""MATHARRREPL""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWMATHARRENV\fR,\f(CWMATHARRREPL\fR" 10
 .IX Item "MATHARRENV,MATHARRREPL"
 as \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR,\f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR but for equation arrays
@@ -614,7 +679,7 @@ as \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR,\f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR but for equation arrays
 If a match to \f(CW\*(C`ARRENV\*(C'\fR is found within an inline math environment within a deleted or added block, then the inlined math 
 is surrounded by \f(CW\*(C`\embox{\*(C'\fR...\f(CW\*(C`}\*(C'\fR.  This is necessary as underlining does not work within inlined array environments.
 .Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`ARRENV\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)\*(C'\fR\ 
+[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`ARRENV\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)\*(C'\fR\
 .ie n .IP """COUNTERCMD""" 10
 .el .IP "\f(CWCOUNTERCMD\fR" 10
 .IX Item "COUNTERCMD"
@@ -625,25 +690,42 @@ numbering in the new file.
 [ Default: \f(CW\*(C`COUNTERCMD\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:footnote|part|section|subsection\*(C'\fR ...
 .Sp
 \&\f(CW\*(C`|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)\*(C'\fR  ]
+.SH "COMMON PROBLEMS"
+.IX Header "COMMON PROBLEMS"
+.IP "Citations result in overfull boxes" 10
+.IX Item "Citations result in overfull boxes"
+There is an incompatibility between the \f(CW\*(C`ulem\*(C'\fR package, which \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR uses for underlining and striking out in the \s-1UNDERLINE\s0 style,
+the default style. In order to be able to mark up citations properly, they are placed with an \f(CW\*(C`\embox\*(C'\fR command in post-processing. As mboxes
+cannot be broken across lines, this procedure frequently results in overfull boxes, possibly obscuring the content as it extends beyond the right margin. If this is a problem, you have two possibilities:
+.Sp
+1. Use \f(CW\*(C`COLOR\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR subtype markup (option \f(CW\*(C`\-s COLOR\*(C'\fR): If this markup is chosen, then changed citations are no longer marked up
+with the wavy line (additions) or struck out (deletions), but are still highlighted in the appropriate color.
+.Sp
+2. Choose option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-disable\-citation\-markup\*(C'\fR which turns off the marking up of citations: deleted citations are no longer shown, and
+added ctations are shown without markup. (This was the default behaviour of latexdiff at versions 0.6 and older)
+.IP "Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors" 10
+.IX Item "Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors"
+Try options \f(CW\*(C`\-\-math\-markup=whole\*(C'\fR.   If even that fails, you can turn off mark up for equations with \f(CW\*(C`\-\-math\-markup=off\*(C'\fR.
 .SH "BUGS"
 .IX Header "BUGS"
-\&\s-1UTF\-8\s0 support requires a relatively new version of perl (5.8.0 is sufficient 
-but 5.6.2 up would work \s-1OK\s0, too).
-.PP
 Option allow-spaces not implemented entirely consistently. It breaks
 the rules that number and type of white space does not matter, as
 different numbers of inter-argument spaces are treated as significant.
 .PP
-Please send bug reports
-to \fItilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk\fR.  Include the serial number of \fIlatexdiff\fR
+Please submit bug reports on the latexdiff project page \fIhttp://latexdiff.berlios.de\fR, 
+send them to user discussion list \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\-users@lists.berlios,de\*(C'\fR (prior subscription 
+to list required, also on project webpage)
+or send them to \fItilmann@gfz\-potsdam.de\fR.  Include the serial number of \fIlatexdiff\fR
 (from comments at the top of the source or use \fB\-\-version\fR).  If you come across latex
 files that are error-free and conform to the specifications set out
 above, and whose differencing still does not result in error-free
 latex, please send me those files, ideally edited to only contain the
-offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. 
+offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. If your 
+file relies on non-standard class files, you must include those.  I will not
+look at examples where I have trouble to latex the original files.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 .IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-latexrevise
+latexrevise, latexdiff-vc
 .SH "PORTABILITY"
 .IX Header "PORTABILITY"
 \&\fIlatexdiff\fR does not make use of external commands and thus should run
@@ -657,10 +739,20 @@ version, \fIlatexdiff-so\fR, which has this package inlined, is available, too.
 \&\fIlatexdiff-fast\fR requires the \fIdiff\fR command to be present.
 .SH "AUTHOR"
 .IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Copyright (C) 2004\-2007 Frederik Tilmann
+Version 1.0.2
+Copyright (C) 2004\-2012 Frederik Tilmann
 .PP
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 3
 .PP
-Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner
-Thanks to everyone who send in bug reports.
+Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner, 
+T. Connors, Sebastian Gouezel and many others.
+Thanks to the many people who send in bug reports, feature suggestions, and other feedback.
+.SH "POD ERRORS"
+.IX Header "POD ERRORS"
+Hey! \fBThe above document had some coding errors, which are explained below:\fR
+.IP "Around line 2942:" 4
+.IX Item "Around line 2942:"
+=over should be: '=over' or '=over positive_number'
+.Sp
+You can't have =items (as at line 2948) unless the first thing after the =over is an =item
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf
index e3ab33271c6..efa57b96109 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1
index 283c614677b..b8d0d2da807 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1
@@ -1,15 +1,7 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.14
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
 .\"
 .\" Standard preamble:
 .\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
 .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
 .if t .sp .5v
 .if n .sp
@@ -25,11 +17,11 @@
 ..
 .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
 .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar.  \*(C+ will give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
 .ie n \{\
 .    ds -- \(*W-
@@ -48,22 +40,25 @@
 .    ds R" ''
 'br\}
 .\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
 .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
+.ie \nF \{\
 .    de IX
 .    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
 ..
 .    nr % 0
 .    rr F
 .\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
 .\"
 .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
 .\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
@@ -129,7 +124,11 @@
 .\" ========================================================================
 .\"
 .IX Title "LATEXREVISE 1"
-.TH LATEXREVISE 1 "2007-09-07" "perl v5.8.5" " "
+.TH LATEXREVISE 1 "2012-12-16" "perl v5.12.4" " "
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
 .SH "NAME"
 latexrevise \- selectively remove markup and text from latexdiff output
 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
@@ -171,7 +170,7 @@ and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR).
 .IX Item "-s or --simplify"
 Run in \fI\s-1SIMPLIFY\s0\fR mode (Keep all \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR, 
 \&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR tokens, but remove all other latexdiff
-markup from body).  
+markup from body).
 .PP
 Note that the three mode options are mutually exclusive.  If no mode option is given,
 \&\fIlatexrevise\fR simply removes user annotations and markup according to the following four
@@ -195,7 +194,7 @@ blocks.
 .IP "\fB\-m cmd\fR or \fB\-\-markup=cmd\fR" 4
 .IX Item "-m cmd or --markup=cmd"
 Remove the markup command \f(CW\*(C`\ecmd\*(C'\fR but leave its argument, i.e.
-turn \f(CW\*(C`\ecmd{abc}\*(C'\fR into \f(CW\*(C`abc\*(C'\fR.  
+turn \f(CW\*(C`\ecmd{abc}\*(C'\fR into \f(CW\*(C`abc\*(C'\fR.
 .IP "\fB\-n envir\fR or \fB\-\-markup\-environment=envir\fR" 4
 .IX Item "-n envir or --markup-environment=envir"
 Similarly, remove \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{envir}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eend{envir}\*(C'\fR commands but 
@@ -210,15 +209,16 @@ which should have been removed already.
 .SH "BUGS"
 .IX Header "BUGS"
 The current version is a beta version which has not yet been
-extensively tested, but worked fine locally.  Please send bug reports
-to \fItilmann@esc.cam.ac.uk\fR.  Include the serial number of \fIlatexrevise\fR
+extensively tested, but worked fine locally.  Please submit bug reports through
+the latexdiff project page \fIhttp://developer.berlios.de/projects/latexdiff/\fR or send
+to \fItilmann@gfz\-potsdam.de\fR.  Include the serial number of \fIlatexrevise\fR
 (from comments at the top of the source).  If you come across latexdiff
 output which is not processed correctly by \fIlatexrevise\fR please include the
 problem file as well as the old and new files on which it is based,
 ideally edited to only contain the offending passage as long as that still
 reproduces the problem.
 .PP
-\&\fIlatexrevise\fR gets confused by commented \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{document}\*(C'\fR or 
+Note that \fIlatexrevise\fR gets confused by commented \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{document}\*(C'\fR or 
 \&\f(CW\*(C`\eend{document}\*(C'\fR statements
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 .IX Header "SEE ALSO"
@@ -226,10 +226,10 @@ latexdiff
 .SH "PORTABILITY"
 .IX Header "PORTABILITY"
 \&\fIlatexrevise\fR does not make use of external commands and thus should run
-on any platform  supporting \s-1PERL\s0 v5 or higher. 
+on any platform  supporting \s-1PERL\s0 v5 or higher.
 .SH "AUTHOR"
 .IX Header "AUTHOR"
 Copyright (C) 2004 Frederik Tilmann
 .PP
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 2
+it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 3
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf
index a2e788c29dc..623a87d27af 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
index c815fade73b..b1231301cef 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
@@ -1062,6 +1062,7 @@ chomp ($Build = `cd $Master/../Build/source && pwd`);
  'fontools'		=> '&PREHOOK_fontools',
  'ibygrk'		=> '&PREHOOK_ibygrk',
  'ktv-texdata'		=> '&PREHOOK_ktv_texdata',
+ 'latexdiff'		=> '&PREHOOK_latexdiff',
  'mathspic'		=> '&PREHOOK_mathspic',
  'movie15'		=> '&PREHOOK_flatten1',
  'musixtex'		=> '&PREHOOK_musixtex',
@@ -1107,7 +1108,6 @@ chomp ($Build = `cd $Master/../Build/source && pwd`);
  'knitting'		=> '&POSTknitting',
  'knuth'		=> '&POSTknuth',
  'koma-script'		=> '&POST_rmsymlink',
- 'latexdiff'		=> '&POSTlatexdiff',
  'latex2e-help-texinfo' => '&POSTlatex2ehelptexinfo',
  'listbib'		=> '&POSTlistbib',
  'lithuanian'		=> '&POSTlithuanian',
@@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ $standardxmt='\.xmt';
  'installfont'		=> 'installfont-tl',
  'jfontmaps'            => 'updmap-setup-kanji\.pl|updmap-setup-kanji-sys.sh',
  'latex2man'		=> 'latex2man$',
- 'latexdiff'		=> 'latex(diff-so|diff-vc|revise)$',
+ 'latexdiff'		=> 'latex(diff|diff-vc|revise)\.pl$',
  'latexmk'		=> '\.pl$',
  'latexfileversion'	=> 'latexfileversion$',
  'latexpand'		=> 'latexpand$',
@@ -3025,7 +3025,6 @@ sub doscripts {
   }
 }
 
-
 
 # info files.  We put these in texmf/doc/info, which is where we keep
 # the info files for the programs, too.  Having an info dir in
@@ -4673,6 +4672,14 @@ sub PREHOOK_ktv_texdata {
   &SYSTEM ("$RM -rf latex");
 }
 
+sub PREHOOK_latexdiff {
+  print "PREHOOK_$package - rename $package-so to $package.pl, etc.\n";
+  # Consistently use *.pl to avoid special case in w32 wrapper
+  &SYSTEM ("$MV latexdiff-so latexdiff.pl");  
+  &SYSTEM ("$MV latexrevise  latexrevise.pl");  
+  &SYSTEM ("$MV latexdiff-vc latexdiff-vc.pl");    
+}
+
 sub PREHOOK_mathspic {
   print "PREHOOK_$package - eliminate version from mathspicNNN.pl\n";
   # the w32 wrapper can only find foo.pl from foo, not fooNNN.pl.
@@ -5080,15 +5087,6 @@ sub POSTlatex2html {
   &SYSTEM ("$MV $DEST/scripts/latex2html/styles/$package.perl $dest");
 }
 
-sub POSTlatexdiff {
-  print "POST$package - rename $package-so to $package.pl\n";
-  # to avoid special case in w32 wrapper
-  my $dir = "$DEST/scripts/$package";
-  &SYSTEM ("$MV $dir/latexdiff-so $dir/latexdiff.pl");  
-  &SYSTEM ("$MV $dir/latexrevise $dir/latexrevise.pl");  
-  &SYSTEM ("$MV $dir/latexdiff-vc $dir/latexdiff-vc.pl");    
-}
-
 sub POSTlatex2ehelptexinfo {
   print "\t POST$package - remove translation subdir\n";
   &SYSTEM ("$RM -rf spanish");